Sony PM-0741 GSM/UMTS Mobile Phone with WLAN, BT, RFID Ant+ User Manual 08

Sony Mobile Communications Inc GSM/UMTS Mobile Phone with WLAN, BT, RFID Ant+ 08

Contents

08 user manual

’14.4
INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Introduction
Thank you for your purchase of "SO-03F".
For proper use of the SO-03F, read this manual
carefully before and while you use the SO-03F.
About manuals of SO-03F
In addition to this manual, the operations of SO-03F
are described in "
クイックスタートガイド
(Quick Start
Guide)" (in Japanese only) and "Instruction Manual"
application of the terminal (in Japanese only).
●
"
クイックスタートガイド
(Quick Start Guide)"
(Supplied accessories)
The initial operations and settings after purchasing
the terminal, screen view contents and operations of
main function are explained.
●
"Instruction Manual" (Application of the terminal)
Operations and settings of each function are
explained. To use "Instruction Manual" application,
from the Home screen,
u
[Instruction Manual].
When using for the first time, download and install
the application according to the onscreen
instructions. If you uninstall "Instruction Manual"
application, access to Google Play from Play Store to
download it again. From the Home screen, Tap [Play
Store], search "
取扱説明書
(Instruction Manual)"
application to select, then install it following the
onscreen instructions. You can use the application as
an electronic book. You can also shift to actual
operations by tapping the description in the contents
or view reference contents.
●
"Instruction Manual" (PDF file)
Operations and settings of each function are
explained. It can be downloaded from NTT DOCOMO
website.
http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/support/
trouble/manual/download/index.html
* You can download the latest information of "
ク
イックスタートガイド
(Quick Start Guide)". The
URL and contents are subject to change
without prior notice.
❖
Note
･
Reproduction or reprint of all or part of this manual
without prior permission is prohibited.
･
Important information for SO-03F is posted in the
following website. Be sure to check before using.
http://www.sonymobile.co.jp/support/use_support/
product/so-03f/
1
Operation descriptions
In this manual, each key (key icon) operation is
described with
P
,
k
,
x
,
y
,
r
. And
selection operations of the icons or function items
on the touch screen are described as follows.
❖
Information
･
In this manual, the instructions are described with
the default Home screen. If you set the other
application to the home screen, the operations may
differ from the descriptions.
･
Display examples and illustrations used in this
manual are just images for explanations and may be
different from actual ones.
･
In this manual, the easier procedure is described for
the functions and settings which have multiple
operating procedures.
･
Please note that "SO-03F" is called "the terminal" in
this manual.
･
In this manual, explanations for "docomo" as Home
screen are provided (P.59).
Description Operation
From the Home
screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[About phone].
From the Home screen, tap
(Apps button), and then tap
"Settings" on the next screen and
"About phone" on the following
screen in order.
Touch and hold
an icon.
Keep touching an icon longer (1-2
seconds).
2
･
SO-03F (with warranty)
･
Desktop Holder SO19 (with warranty)
･
クイックスタートガイド
(Quick Start Guide) (In
Japanese only)
･
SO-03F
のご利用にあたっての注意事項
安全上／取り扱い上のご注意
(Notes on usage Safety/Handling
precautions) (In Japanese only)
･
1Seg antenna cable SO01
Optional devices (P.191)
Supplied accessories
Contents/Precautions
3
Contents
■
Supplied accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
■
About using the terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
■
Safety Precautions (Always follow these
directions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
■
Handling precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
■
Waterproofness/Dustproofness . . . . . 22
Before Using the Terminal . . . 28
Part names and functions................................................28
docomo mini UIM card .....................................................29
CE mark and FCC ID.............................................................31
Charging.....................................................................................31
Turning power on/off.........................................................36
Initial settings...........................................................................38
Basic operations.....................................................................39
Notification LED .....................................................................42
Status bar ...................................................................................43
Notification panel .................................................................45
Home screen............................................................................46
Xperia
™
Application screen ..........................................52
Task manager...........................................................................58
Switching Home application.........................................59
Searching information in the terminal and web
pages ............................................................................................60
Character entry.......................................................................61
Setting character entry......................................................66
Setting Xperia
™
Japanese keyboard........................67
docomo LIVE UX . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Home screen............................................................................72
Managing the Home screen ..........................................72
Application screen................................................................75
Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Making/Receiving a call.................................................... 78
Operations during a call ................................................... 81
Call history................................................................................. 82
Call settings .............................................................................. 84
Phonebook ............................................................................... 86
Mail/Web browser . . . . . . . . . . . 91
docomo mail ........................................................................... 91
Message (SMS)........................................................................ 91
Email.............................................................................................. 94
Gmail............................................................................................. 98
Early Warning "Area Mail"................................................. 99
Browser..................................................................................... 100
Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
dmenu ...................................................................................... 103
dmarket.................................................................................... 103
Play Store ................................................................................ 103
Osaifu-Keitai .......................................................................... 104
1Seg............................................................................................ 109
FM radio................................................................................... 115
Camera ..................................................................................... 116
Album ....................................................................................... 128
YouTube .................................................................................. 130
Media Player.......................................................................... 131
Location services................................................................ 133
Schedule.................................................................................. 136
Alarm & clock........................................................................ 137
docomo backup ................................................................. 139
4
Contents/Precautions
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Viewing the setting menu............................................142
WIRELESS & NETWORKS .................................................142
DEVICE....................................................................................... 151
PERSONAL............................................................................... 158
ACCOUNTS............................................................................. 165
SYSTEM ..................................................................................... 166
File management . . . . . . . . . . 168
Storage structure................................................................168
File operation........................................................................ 170
Data communication . . . . . . . 172
Bluetooth function............................................................172
NFC communication........................................................ 174
External device connection . 176
Connecting to PC............................................................... 176
Connecting DLNA device .............................................179
Connecting to other devices...................................... 180
International roaming . . . . . . 182
Overview of International roaming (WORLD
WING)......................................................................................... 182
Available overseas service ............................................182
Checking before overseas use ...................................183
Settings for overseas use...............................................185
Making/Receiving a call in the country you stay
....................................................................................................... 186
International roaming settings.................................. 188
After returning to Japan................................................. 190
Appendix/Index. . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Optional and related devices ..................................... 191
Troubleshooting................................................................. 191
スマートフォンあんしん遠隔サポート
(Smartphone
Anshin Remote Support) .............................................. 199
Warranty and After Sales Services ........................... 200
Software update................................................................. 203
Upgrade Android software.......................................... 207
Connecting to a PC and updating .......................... 209
Main specification ............................................................. 210
Certificate and compliance ......................................... 216
End User Licence Agreement .................................... 216
Export Controls and Regulations ............................. 217
Intellectual Property Right ........................................... 218
SIM unlock.............................................................................. 221
Index .......................................................................................... 222
5
Contents/Precautions
Contents/Precautions
･
The terminal supports LTE, W-CDMA, GSM/
GPRS and Wireless LAN Systems.
･
Because a terminal operates using radio
frequencies, it cannot be used inside a tunnel,
underground, in a building or other locations
where radio waves do not reach the terminal,
in locations with weak radio wave condition,
or out of Xi/FOMA service area. The services
may not be available on high upper floors of
high-rise apartments or buildings, even if you
can see no obstructions around you. On
occasion, your calls may become
disconnected even in areas with strong radio
wave condition, even if you are not moving, or
even if there are 4-signal icon in the terminals
display.
･
Because your terminal uses radio waves to
communicate, it is possible that a third party
may attempt to tap your calls. However, the
LTE, W-CDMA, GSM/GPRS system
automatically scrambles all calls through a
private call feature. Therefore, even if third
party successfully intercepts your call, they
will only hear noise.
･
The terminal operates on radio frequencies by
converting voice into digital signals. If the
caller moves into an area of adverse radio
wave condition, the digital signal may not be
restored accurately, and the voice received in
the call may differ slightly from the actual
voice.
･
Note down the information saved in the
terminal in a separate note and keep it safely.
Note that DOCOMO assumes no
responsibility for any loss of saved contents of
data resulting from malfunction, repair,
changing of the model or other handling of
the terminal.
･
You are recommended to save important
data to microSD card.
･
As with PCs, some user-installed applications
may disrupt the stability of the terminal
performance, or unexpectedly transmit
information via the Internet causing improper
use of your location information as well as
personal information recorded on the
terminal. Therefore, verify the supplier and
operating conditions of the applications to be
used before using them.
･
This terminal has FOMA Plus-Area and FOMA
HIGH-SPEED Area support.
･
The terminal does not support i-mode sites
(programs) or i-
α
ppli.
About using the terminal
6
Contents/Precautions
･
The terminal automatically performs
communication for synchronizing data,
checking the latest software version, maintain
connection with the server, etc. If you
transmit a large amount of data such as
downloading applications or watching video,
a packet communication charge becomes
high. Subscription of packet flat-rate service is
highly recommended.
･
Depending on the applications or service you
use, packet communication charge may be
applied even in Wi-Fi communication.
･
Public mode (Driving mode) is not supported.
･
Setting the terminal to the silent mode does
not mute sounds for shutter, playback of
video or music, alarm, dial pad touch tones
during a call, sound emitted when tapping
[End call], etc.
･
The name of the operator is displayed on the
lock screen (P.37).
･
To check your phone number (own number),
from the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[About phone]
u
[Status] to see "My phone
number".
･
To check the software version, from the Home
screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[About phone].
･
If available memory in the microSD card or
the terminal is low, running applications may
not operate correctly. In that case, delete the
saved data.
･
You can update software on the terminal to
the latest one (P.203, P.209).
･
By upgrading Android software, the
operating system (OS) may be version-
upgraded for improving the terminal quality.
For this reason, you always need to use the
latest OS version. And some applications that
used in the previous OS version may not be
available or some unintended bugs may
occur.
･
You can use the terminal only with docomo
mini UIM card. If you have a UIM or FOMA
card, bring it to a docomo Shop to replace.
･
Set password etc. for screen lock to ensure the
security of your terminal for its loss (P.162).
･
If your terminal is lost, change your each
account password to invalidate
authentication using a PC to prevent other
persons from using Google services such as
Gmail, Google Play, etc., Facebook, Twitter, etc.
7
Contents/Precautions
･
For services provided by Google, refer to
Google Terms of Service. For other web
services, refer to each terms of service.
･
Google application and service contents are
subject to change without prior notice.
･
The terminal supports only sp-mode, mopera
U and Business mopera Internet. Other
providers are not supported.
･
To use tethering, subscription of sp-mode is
required.
･
Packet communication charge when using
tethering varies depending on the charging
plan you use. Subscription of packet flat-rate
service is highly recommended.
･
For details on usage charge, etc., refer to the
following website.
http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/
･
Display is manufactured by taking advantage
of highly advanced technology but some
dots may be always or never lit. Note that, this
shows characteristics of liquid crystal displays
and not defects in the terminals.
･
DOCOMO is not liable to any failures or
malfunctions for commercially available
optional equipment.
■
For safe and proper use of the terminal, please
read the "Safety Precautions" prior to use.
Keep the Manual in a safe place for future
reference.
■
ALWAYS observe the safety precautions since
they intend to prevent personal injury or
property damage.
■
The following symbols indicate the different
levels of injury or damage that may result if
the guidelines are not observed and the
terminal is used improperly.
Safety Precautions (Always
follow these directions)
Failure to
observe these
guidelines may
immediately
result in death
or serious
injury.
Failure to
observe these
guidelines may
result in death
or serious
injury.
Failure to
observe these
guidelines may
result in injury
and property
damage.
DANGER
WARNING
CAUTION
8
Contents/Precautions
■
The following symbols indicate specific
directions.
■
"Safety Precautions" are described in the
following categories:
1. Handling the terminal, adapter, desktop holder,
docomo mini UIM card, 1Seg antenna cable
(common) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2. Handling the terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
3. Handling adapter or desktop holder. . . . . . . . . 13
4. Handling the docomo mini UIM card . . . . . . . . 14
5. Handling the terminal near electronic medical
equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
6. Material list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1. Handling the terminal, adapter,
desktop holder, docomo mini UIM
card, 1Seg antenna cable
(common)
DANGER
Do not use, store or leave the equipment in
hot places (e.g. by the fire, near a heater,
under a kotatsu, in direct sunlight, in a car in
the hot sun) (including wearing the
equipment by putting in a pocket of clothes
etc.).
Doing so may cause fire, burns or injury.
Do not place equipment inside cooking
appliance such as a microwave oven or high-
pressure containers.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Do not disassemble or modify the
equipment.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Do not let the equipment get wet with
water, drinking water, urine of pet animals,
sweat, etc.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Waterproofness
→
P.22 "Waterproofness/
Dustproofness"
Indicates prohibited actions.
Indicates not to disassemble.
Indicates not to use where it could
get wet.
Indicates not to handle with wet
hands.
Indicates compulsory actions in
accordance with instructions.
Indicates to remove the power plug
from the outlet.
Don’t
No disassembly
No liquids
No wet hands
Do
Unplug
Don’t
Don’t
No disassembly
No liquids
9
Contents/Precautions
Do not allow liquid (water, drinking water,
urine of pet animals, perspiration, etc.) to
come into the charging jack or microUSB
jack.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Use optional devices specified by NTT
DOCOMO for the terminal.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
WARNING
Do not subject the equipment to excessive
force or throw it.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Do not allow the charging jack, microUSB
jack or headset jack to touch conducting
foreign substances (a piece of metal, pencil
lead, etc.). Never allow these objects to get
inside.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Do not cover or wrap the equipment with a
cloth or bedding in use or while charging.
Doing so may cause fire or burns.
Power off the terminal before you step into a
place where flammable gas can leak, such as
gas stations. Stop charging if you charge the
battery.
Gas may catch fire.
When using Osaifu-Keitai in a place such as a
gas station, turn OFF the terminal before using
it (When NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock is activated,
deactivate it before turning OFF the terminal).
If you notice anything unusual about the
equipment such as an unusual odor,
overheating, discoloration or deformation
during operation, charging or storage,
immediately perform the following
measures.
・
Remove the power plug from the power
outlet or cigarette lighter
・
Power off the terminal
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
CAUTION
Do not place on an unstable or inclined
platform.
Doing so may cause the device to fall and
cause injury.
Do not keep in a place that is very humid,
dusty, or subject to high temperature.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
If children use the terminal, parents or
guardians should give them the proper
instructions for use. Make sure that they use
the terminal as instructed.
Failure to do so may cause injury.
Keep the equipment out of the reach of
babies and infants.
Failure to do so may cause accidental
swallowing or injury.
No liquids
Do
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
Do
Do
Don’t
Don’t
Do
Do
10
Contents/Precautions
Be careful especially when using the
terminal connected to the adapter
continuously for a long time.
If you play a game, watch 1Seg, etc. for a long
time while charging, the temperature of the
terminal and adapter may rise.
If you are directly in contact with hot parts for
a long period of time, it may cause your skin to
become red, itchy, or develop a rash
depending on your physical condition and
also it may cause low-temperature burn.
2. Handling the terminal
■
Type of internal battery for the terminal is as
follows.
DANGER
Do not throw the terminal into fire.
Doing so may cause internal battery to ignite,
burst, heat or leak.
Do not stick a nail into the terminal, hit it
with a hammer, or step on it.
Doing so may cause internal battery to ignite,
burst, heat or leak.
If the internal battery fluid etc. contacts eyes,
immediately flush the eyes with clean water
and see a doctor right away. Do not rub the
eyes.
Failure to do so may cause blindness.
WARNING
Do not turn on the light with the lighting
luminescence part close to the eyes.
Especially to shoot infants or young
children, step away from them 1 m or more.
Doing so may cause blurred vision. Or injury
by dazzling eyes or surprising may occur.
Do not allow a foreign substance such as
water and other liquids, metal parts, or
flammables to get in the docomo mini UIM
card or microSD card slot on the terminal.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Do not turn on the light toward a driver of a
car etc.
Doing so may disturb driving and cause an
accident.
Display Type of Battery
Li-ion 00 Lithium Ion Battery
Do
Don’t
Don’t
Do
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
11
Contents/Precautions
Power off the terminal in a place where the
use is prohibited such as in airplane or
hospital.
Failure to do so may affect electronic
equipment and electronic medical
equipment.
Follow the instructions of each medical facility
for the use of mobile phones on their
premises.
Prohibited acts such as mobile phone usage
on board an airplane may be punished by law.
If usage of mobile phones in an aircraft is
admitted by setting airplane mode, etc., use
the terminal under the direction of the airline.
If the microUSB cable is connected into the
microUSB jack for charging etc. with the
terminal powered off, the terminal is
automatically powered on although the
operations are not available. Be careful not to
connect the microUSB cable in a place where
the use is prohibited such as in an airplane or
hospital.
Always keep the terminal away from your
ear when you talk setting the hands-free
function.
Also, when you play game, play back music,
etc. connecting the Earphone/Microphone,
etc. to the terminal, adjust the volume
adequately.
If the volume is too loud, it may cause
difficulty in hearing.
Moreover, if you barely hear the surrounding
sounds, it may cause an accident.
If you have a weak heart, set the vibrator or
ringtone volume carefully.
Failure to do so may affect your heart.
If you are wearing any electronic medical
equipment, check with the relevant medical
electronic equipment manufacturer or
vendor whether the operation may be
affected by radio waves.
The radio waves from the terminal may affect
electronic medical equipment.
Power off the terminal near electronic
devices or equipment operating on high
precision control or weak signals.
Failure to do so may interfere with the
operation of electronic devices or equipment.
* The followings are some electronic devices
or equipment that you should be careful of:
Hearing aids, implantable cardiac
pacemaker, implantable cardioverter
defibrillator, other electronic medical
equipment, fire detector, automatic door,
and other automatically controlled devices
or equipment.
If you use an implantable cardiac
pacemaker, implantable cardioverter
defibrillator, or other electronic medical
equipment, check with the relevant medical
electronic equipment manufacturer or
vendor whether the operation can be
affected by radio waves.
Be careful about broken glasses or exposed
internal from the terminal if the display or
the camera lens is broken.
Shatterproof film-applied hardened glass is
used on the display surface and the acrylic
resin is applied on camera lens so as not to be
shattered when broken. But they may cause
injury if you touch a cut surface or exposed
portion mistakenly.
Do
Do
Do
Do
Do
Do
12
Contents/Precautions
If the internal battery leaks or gives off a
strange smell, immediately remove it from
the vicinity of open flames.
The leaking liquid may ignite fire, catch fire, or
explode.
CAUTION
Do not swing the terminal around by
holding 1Seg antenna cable, strap, etc.
The terminal may hit you or others and cause
accident such as injury.
Do not use damaged terminal.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
When using the motion sensor, check the
safety around you, hold the terminal firmly,
and do not shake it unnecessarily.
May cause accident such as injuries.
If the display is mistakenly damaged and
when the liquid crystal runs out, do not get
it on your skin such as face, hands, etc.
Doing so may cause blindness or injury on
your skin.
If the liquid crystal gets in your eye or mouth,
rinse with clean running water, and get
medical treatment immediately.
Also, if it gets on your skin or clothes, use
something such as alcohol to wipe off and
wash it with soap in clear water.
Do not discard the battery together with
other garbage.
Doing so may cause igniting or environmental
destruction. Bring the unnecessary terminal
into a sales outlet such as docomo Shop. If
your local municipality has a battery recycling
program, dispose of them as provided for.
To use the terminal in car, check with
automobile manufacturer or dealer to
determine how the device is affected by
radio waves before using.
In rare cases, using the phone in some vehicle
models can cause the vehicle's electronic
equipment to malfunction. In that case, stop
using the terminal immediately.
The use of the terminal may cause itching,
rashes, eczema, or other symptoms
depending on the user's physical condition.
Immediately stop using and get medical
treatment in such a case.
For material of each part
→
P. 1 5 " M a t e r i a l l i s t "
When watching the display, take a certain
distance from the display in a fully bright
place.
Failure to do so may reduce visual acuity.
If fluid etc. leaks out from the internal
battery, do not make the fluid contact with
your skin of face or hands.
Doing so may cause blindness or injury on
your skin. If the fluid etc. gets into your eyes or
mouth, or contacts skin or clothes,
immediately flush the contacted area with
clean running water. If the fluid gets into the
eyes or mouth, immediately see a doctor after
flushing.
Do
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
Do
Do
Do
Do
13
Contents/Precautions
3. Handling adapter or desktop
holder
WARNING
Do not use the adapter cord if it gets
damaged.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
Do not use the AC adapter or desktop holder
in a very humid place such as bathroom.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
DC adapter is only for a negative ground
vehicle. Do not use DC adapter for a positive
ground vehicle.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
Do not touch the adapter if you hear
thunder.
Doing so may cause electric shock.
Do not short-circuit the charging jack while
it is connected to the power outlet or
cigarette lighter socket. Do not touch the
charging jack with your hands, fingers, or
any part of your body.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
Do not place heavy objects on the adapter
cord.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
When you insert and remove the AC adapter
from power outlet, do not contact a metal
strap or other metal objects with the jack.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
Do not put an excessive force up, down, left
or right when the adapter is connected to
the terminal.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Do not touch the adapter cord, charging
jack or outlet with wet hands.
Doing so may cause fire, burns or electric
shock.
Use the adapter only on the specified power
supply and voltage.
When charging the terminal overseas, use
AC adapter for global use.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock.
AC adapter : AC 100 V
DC adapter : DC 12 V or 24 V (only for a
negative-ground vehicle)
AC adapter for global use : AC 100 V to 240 V
(Make sure to connect the adapter to a
household AC power outlet.)
When the fuse in a DC adapter is blown,
make sure to use the specified fuse.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock. For the specified fuse, see the
users manuals that supplied with a DC
adapter.
Clean dust from the power plug.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock.
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
Don’t
No wet hands
Do
Do
Do
14
Contents/Precautions
When you connect the AC adapter to the
power outlet, insert it firmly.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock.
When you disconnect the power plug from
the outlet or cigarette lighter socket, do not
pull the adapter cord with excessive force.
Instead, hold the adapter to disconnect.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock.
Remove or insert the adapter to the terminal
evenly without applying excessive force.
Doing so may cause fire, burns, injury or
electric shock.
Always remove the power plug from the
outlet or cigarette lighter when not using
the adapter for an extended period.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock.
Immediately remove the power plug from
the outlet or cigarette lighter socket if water
or other fluids get into the adapter.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock.
Before cleaning, remove the power plug
from the power outlet or the cigarette
lighter socket.
Failure to do so may cause fire, burns or
electric shock.
4. Handling the docomo mini UIM
card
CAUTION
Be careful of the cut surface when removing
docomo mini UIM card.
Failure to do so may cause injury.
5. Handling the terminal near
electronic medical equipment
WARNING
If you use an implantable cardiac pacemaker
or implantable cardioverter defibrillator,
keep the terminal 15 cm or more away from
the implant at all times.
The radio waves from the terminal may affect
the performance of electronic medical
equipment.
If you need to use electronic medical
equipment other than implantable cardiac
pacemaker or implantable cardioverter
defibrillator outside medical facilities such
as treating at home, check with the relevant
medical electronic equipment manufacturer
whether the operation may be affected by
radio waves.
The radio waves from the terminal may affect
the performance of electronic medical
equipment.
Do
Do
Do
Unplug
Unplug
Unplug
Do
Do
Do
15
Contents/Precautions
When you get close to other people within
15 cm just like not having enough space to
turn around, set the radio wave of the
terminal to OFF beforehand (Airplane mode,
to turn OFF, etc.).
A person in close proximity may put on
implanted a medical electrical equipment
such as pacemakers and ICDs. The radio waves
from the terminal may affect the performance
of electronic medical equipment.
Follow the instructions of each medical
facility for the use of the terminal on their
premises.
6. Material list
Part Material Surface
treatment
Exterior case (cover front
side)
PC resin
(with 30 %
glass)
UV coating
Exterior case (cover back
side)
PC resin
(with 10 %
glass)
UV coating
Exterior case (frame side,
docomo mini UIM slot
cover, microSD card slot
cover, microUSB jack
cover)
Aluminum
alloy
Anodic oxide
coating
Decoration ring (headset
jack, power key, camera)
Aluminum
alloy
Anodic oxide
coating
Power key Aluminum
alloy
Anodic oxide
coating
Volume key, camera key PC resin UV coating
Do
Do
Decoration plate
(bottom panel)
PC resin UV coating
Transparent plate
(display, back side)
Glass + PET
resin
―
Transparent plate
(camera)
PMMA resin
+ PC resin
AR
treatment
Desktop holder (upper
case, lower case)
ABS resin
―
Desktop holder
(attachment, housing)
PC resin
―
Desktop holder (magnet
connector)
Neodymium Nickel
plating
Desktop holder
(contacts)
Brass Gold plating
Desktop holder (label) PS resin
―
Desktop holder (rubber
foot)
Polyester
resin
―
1Seg antenna cable
(headset jack: top,
connector plug: top)
PP resin
―
1Seg antenna cable
(headset jack: ring,
connector plug: ring)
PC resin
―
1Seg antenna cable
(headset jack: body,
cable, connector plug:
body)
Elastomer
resin
―
1Seg antenna cable
(connector plug: metal
section)
Brass Gold plating
Part Material Surface
treatment
16
Contents/Precautions
■
Common precautions
･
SO-03F is waterproof/dustproof,
however, do not allow water or dust to
seep into the terminal and do not allow
accessories or optional devices to get
wet or dust.
The adapter, desktop holder, docomo mini UIM
card and 1Seg antenna cable are not waterproof/
dustproof. Do not use in a bathroom or other
highly humid area or do not let rain touch. Or
putting them on your body, humidity of
perspiration may cause internal corrosion and
malfunction. Note that malfunctions which are
determined to be caused by water as result of
inspections are outside the scope of the
warranty. Since these conditions are outside of
the scope of the warranty, a repair, if at all
possible, is charged.
･
Clean the terminal with a dry soft cloth
(such as used for cleaning eyeglasses).
- Do not rub it roughly with a dry cloth. The
display may be damaged.
- Drops of water or dirt left on the display may
cause stains.
- Do not use alcohol, thinner, benzine, cleaning
detergent, etc. to clean the terminal. These
chemicals may erase the printing on the
terminal or cause discoloration.
･
Clean the terminals occasionally with a
dry cotton swab.
If the jack is soiled, connection gets worse and it
may cause power to be turned off or insufficient
battery charge, so clean the jack with a dry
cotton swab etc. When cleaning, be careful not
to damage the terminals.
･
Do not leave the terminal near the air
conditioning vent.
Extreme temperature changes may produce
condensation and corrode the internal parts of
the terminal, causing it to malfunction.
･
Make sure to use the terminal etc.
without excessive force.
If you put the terminal in a bag full of items or sit
down with the terminal in the pocket of your
cloth, it may damage the display, internal circuit
board, etc. and cause malfunction.
If doing so while the external device is connected
to the microUSB jack or headset jack, it may
damage the connector and cause malfunction.
･
Do not rub or scratch the display with
metal.
The display may get scratched and it may cause
malfunction or damage.
･
Read the users manuals supplied with
optional devices.
■
The terminal precautions
･
Do not press touch screen surface
forcibly, or not operate with a sharp-
pointed objects such as nail, ballpoint
pen, pin, etc.
Doing so may cause damage of touch screen.
Handling precautions
17
Contents/Precautions
･
Do not use the terminal in extremely hot
or cold places.
Use the terminal where the temperature ranges
between 5
℃
and 35
℃
and humidity ranges
between 45% and 85%.
･
Using the terminal near land-line phone,
television or radio may cause
interference in these electric appliances.
Make sure to move far away from them
when using the terminal.
･
Note down the information saved in the
terminal in a separate note and keep it
safely.
Under no condition will DOCOMO be held liable
for any damaged or lost data saved in the
terminal.
･
Do not drop or give a strong impact to
the terminal.
Doing so may cause malfunction or damage.
･
Do not insert the plug of the external
device into the microUSB jack or
headset jack at the slant or pull it
obliquely while connecting.
Doing so may cause malfunction or damage.
･
The terminal could become warm while
in use and charging. This condition is
not abnormal. You can continue using
the terminal.
･
Do not leave the camera under direct
sunlight.
If you do so, some of the elements may melt or
become faded.
･
Usually, use the terminal with docomo
mini UIM card slot cover, microSD card
slot cover and microUSB jack cover
closed.
Failure to do so may get dust or water inside and
cause malfunction.
･
While microSD card is being used, do
not take the card out and do not turn off
the terminal.
Doing so may cause data loss or malfunction.
･
Do not let magnetic cards, etc. close to
the terminal.
The magnetic data in cash cards, credit cards,
telephone cards, floppy disks, etc. may be erased.
･
Do not bring strong magnetic objects
close to the terminal.
Strong magnetic objects may cause
misoperation.
･
The internal battery is a consumable
part.
Replace the internal battery if the terminal has
extremely short operation time on a full charge,
though it may vary by operating conditions. For
replacing internal battery, contact "Repairs" on
the last page (in Japanese only) or DOCOMO-
specified repair office.
･
Charge the battery in an environment
with the proper ambient temperature (5
℃
to 35
℃
).
･
The operating time of the internal
battery varies depending on the
operating environment and the
18
Contents/Precautions
degradation level of the internal
battery.
･
Be careful especially about the
following points when preserving the
terminal.
- The battery is fully charged (immediately after
the charging is complete)
- The battery has run out (the terminal cannot
power on)
The performance and life of the internal battery
may deteriorate.
It is recommended that you store the battery
with the remaining battery level of about 40% as
a guide.
■
Precautions on the adapter, desktop
holder
･
Charge the battery in an environment
with the proper ambient temperature (5
℃
to 35
℃
).
･
Do not charge in the following places.
- Places that are very humid, dusty or exposed to
strong vibrations
- Near land-line phone or TV/radio
･
The adapter or desktop holder could
become warm while charging. This
condition is not abnormal.
･
When using the DC adapter for
charging, do not turn off the vehicle
engine.
Doing so may cause the vehicle battery run out.
･
When you use the power outlet with a
mechanism to prevent the plug from
being removed, follow the instructions
on the outlet's user's manual.
･
Do not subject the equipment to a
strong impact. Do not deform the
charging jack.
Doing so may cause malfunction.
･
Magnet is used for magnet connector of
the desktop holder. Make sure that any
iron sands or metal objects (clips etc.)
are not adhered before attaching the
terminal. Remove the foreign objects
with a soft cloth etc., if any.
･
Do not close magnetic card such as cash
card, commuter pass, etc. to the magnet
connector of the desktop holder.
Magnetism for the card may be affected
and changed by magnetism of the
desktop holder and the card may
become unavailable.
･
Be sure to install the supplied
attachment to the desktop holder for
charging. The terminal cannot be
charged on the Desktop Holder without
attachment. Attachment 35A is
attached to the Desktop Holder by
default. Attachment 35B only supports
terminal covers with "
純正卓上ホルダ対応
(Compatible with genuine desktop
holders)" mark and the terminal can be
charged on the Desktop Holder with a
compatible cover attached.
19
Contents/Precautions
■
docomo mini UIM card precautions
･
Do not use unnecessary force to insert/
remove the docomo mini UIM card.
･
Note that DOCOMO assumes no
responsibility for malfunctions
occurring as the result of inserting and
using docomo mini UIM card with
another IC card reader/writer.
･
Always keep the IC portion clean when
you use the card.
･
Clean the terminal with a dry soft cloth
(such as used for cleaning eyeglasses).
･
Note down the information saved in the
docomo mini UIM card in a separate
note and keep it safely.
Under no condition will DOCOMO be held liable
for any damaged or lost data saved in the
terminal.
･
Take an expended docomo mini UIM
card to sales outlet such as docomo
Shop for proper disposal in order to
protect the environment.
･
Do not carelessly damage, contact, or
short-circuit an IC.
Doing so may cause data loss or malfunction.
･
Do not drop a docomo mini UIM card or
subject it to impact.
Doing so may cause malfunction.
･
Do not bend a docomo mini UIM card or
place a heavy object on it.
Doing so may cause malfunction.
･
Do not insert the docomo mini UIM card
on which any label or seal is stuck into
the terminal.
Doing so may cause malfunction.
■
Bluetooth function precautions
･
To secure the Bluetooth communication
security, the terminal supports the
security function compliant with
Bluetooth standards, but the security
may not be sufficient depending on the
setting. Concern about the
communication using the Bluetooth
function.
･
Please be aware that DOCOMO is not
responsible for data leak when making
data communications using Bluetooth.
20
Contents/Precautions
･
Frequency band
The frequency band used by the terminal's
Bluetooth/wireless LAN function is written as
follows:
･
Bluetooth cautions
The operating frequency band of the terminal is
used by industrial, scientific, consumer and
medical equipment including microwave ovens,
premises radio stations for identifying mobile
units used in the manufacturing lines of plants
(radio stations requiring a license), specified low
power radio stations (radio stations requiring no
license) and amateur radio stations (hereinafter
referred to as "another station").
- Before using this equipment, confirm that
"another station" is not being operated nearby.
- In the event of the terminal causing harmful
radio wave interference with "another station",
promptly change the operating frequency or
stop radio wave emission by turning off the
power, etc.
- If you have further questions, contact "General
Inquiries" on the last page.
■
Wireless LAN (WLAN) precautions
･
Wireless LAN (WLAN) exchanges
information using radio waves, and
allows you to freely establish LAN
connection if you are within an area
where radio wave reaches. On the other
side, if you communicate without
appropriate security settings,
communications may be intercepted or
hacked by malicious parties. It is
recommended to make necessary
security settings on your responsibility
and expense.
2.4 : This radio equipment uses the 2400 MHz
band.
FH/XX/DS/OF
：
Modulation scheme is the
FH-SS, other system, DS-SS,
or OFDM system.
1 : The estimated interference distance is 10
m or less.
4 : The estimated interference distance is 40
m or less.
8 : The estimated interference distance is 80
m or less.
: The full band between 2400 MHz
and 2483.5 MHz is used and the
band of the mobile identification
device can be avoided.
Available channels vary depending on the
country.
For use in an aircraft, contact the airline
beforehand.
21
Contents/Precautions
･
Wireless LAN
Do not use wireless LAN near magnetic devices
such as electrical appliances or AV/OA devices, or
in radio waves.
- Magnetism or radio waves may increase noises
or disable communications (especially when
using a microwave oven).
- When used near TV, radio, etc., reception
interference may occur, or channels on the TV
screen may be disturbed.
- If there are multiple wireless LAN access points
nearby and the same channel is used, search
may not work correctly.
･
2.4GHz device cautions
The operating frequency band of the WLAN
device is used by industrial, scientific, consumer
and medical equipment including home electric
appliances such as microwave ovens, premises
radio stations for identifying mobile units used in
the manufacturing lines of plants (radio stations
requiring a license), specified low power radio
stations (radio stations requiring no license) and
amateur radio stations (radio stations requiring a
license).
- Before using the device, confirm that premises
radio stations for identifying mobile units,
specified low power radio stations and amateur
radio stations are not being operated nearby.
- If the device causes harmful radio interference
to premises radio stations for identifying
mobile units, immediately change the
frequency band or stop use, and contact
"General Inquiries" on the last page for crosstalk
avoidance, etc. (e.g. partition setup).
- If the device causes radio interference to
specified low power radio stations or amateur
radio stations, contact "General Inquiries" on
the last page.
･
5GHz device cautions
The terminal can use 3 frequency bands of
5.2GHz band (W52), 5.3GHz band (W53), 5.6 GHz
band (W56).
- 5.2GHz band (W52/36, 40, 44, 48 ch)
- 5.3GHz band (W53/52, 56, 60, 64 ch)
- 5.6GHz band (W56/100, 104, 108, 112, 116, 120,
124, 128, 132, 136, 140 ch)
Using wireless LAN built-into the terminal in 5.2/
5.3 GHz outside is prohibited by the Radio Law.
■
FeliCa
®
and NFC reader/writer function
precautions
･
FeliCa and NFC reader/writer, P2P
function of the terminal use weak waves
requiring no licenses for radio stations.
･
They use 13.56 MHz frequency band.
When using other reader/writer or P2P
function in your surroundings, keep the
terminal away sufficiently from them.
Before using the FeliCa reader/writer,
confirm that there are no radio stations
using the same frequency band nearby.
･
For use in an aircraft, contact the airline
beforehand. In some countries, usage
may be restricted. Confirm regulations
etc. for the country/area you stay before
using
22
Contents/Precautions
■
Note
･
Do not use a remodeled terminal. Using
a remodeled terminal violates the Radio
Law/Telecommunications Business Act.
The terminal is compliant with rules on the
technical standard conformance of specified
wireless equipment based on the Radio Law/
Telecommunications Business Act, and as a proof
of it, the "Technical Compliance Mark " is
depicted on the electronic nameplate of the
terminal. To check the certificate, from the Home
screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[About phone]
u
[Legal
information]
u
[Certificates].
If you remove the screws and alter the inside of
the terminal, the technical regulations
conformity certification becomes invalid.
Do not use the terminal with the certification
invalid, as it is a violation of the Radio Law and
Telecommunications Business Act.
･
Be careful when using the terminal
while driving.
Using a handheld mobile phone while driving
will result in a penalty.
However, absolutely necessary cases such as
rescue of a sick person or maintaining public's
safety are exempted.
･
Use the FeliCa reader/writer function
only in Japan.
FeliCa reader/writer function of the terminal
conforms to Japanese radio standards. If you use
this function overseas, you may be punished.
･
Do not alter the basic software illegally.
It is regarded as the software modification and
Repairs may be refused.
SO-03F provides waterproofness property of
IPX5
*1
, IPX8
*2
and dustproofness property of
IP5X
*3
with docomo mini UIM card slot cover,
microSD card slot cover and microUSB jack
cover firmly attached.
*1 IPX5 means that a phone keeps functioning
after applying a jet flow of 12.5 L/min. from
every direction from a distance of
approximately 3 m for at least 3 minutes
using water nozzle in 6.3 mm inner
diameter.
*2 IPX8 means that a phone keeps functioning
after SO-03F is slowly submerged to depth
of 1.5m in static tap water at room
temperature, left there for approximately 30
minutes and then taken out.
*3 IP5X means a degree of protection that a
communication device will securely
maintain its operability even after it has
been placed in an apparatus with grit and
dust of diameters of 75
μ
m or less and
shaken for 8 hours.
Waterproofness/
Dustproofness
23
Contents/Precautions
･
You can talk without an umbrella in the rain
(for rainfall of 20 mm or less per hour).
- Do not open or close docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, microSD card slot cover or
microUSB jack cover when your hands are
wet or waterdrops are attached to the
terminal.
･
You can wash the terminal when it gets dirt or
stained with liquid other than tap water.
- Wash the terminal with tap water at normal
temperature (5
℃
-35
℃
) by weaker water
flow (less than 6 L/min.) at distance of
approximately 10 cm away from the tap or
shower.
- When washing the terminal, hold the
docomo mini UIM card slot cover, microSD
card slot cover and microUSB jack cover so
as not to open, and wash the terminal with
your hands, not using brush or sponge. After
washing, drain the terminal before use
(P.26).
･
You can use at a poolside. Do not throw water
from the pool on the terminal, or soak it in
pool water.
To avoid water ingress, be sure to observe the
following points.
･
Do not throw any liquid other than room
temperature tap water on the terminal, or
soak it in such liquid.
･
Firmly close the docomo mini UIM cover,
microSD card slot cover and microUSB jack
cover. Even a fine obstacle (one hair, one grain
of sand, tiny fiber, etc.) put between contact
surfaces may allow water to enter.
･
Do not poke the earpiece/notification LED,
microphone/speaker, second microphone,
headset jack or strap hole with a sharp object.
･
Do not let the terminal fall. It may become
scratched causing the waterproof/dustproof
performance to degrade.
･
The rubber gaskets of the inner side of the
docomo mini UIM card slot cover, microSD
card slot cover and microUSB jack cover play
important roles for keeping waterproof/
dustproof performance. Do not remove or
damage them. Also, prevent dust from
adhering to them.
What you can do with
waterproofness/dustproofness
of SO-03F
To ensure waterproofness/
dustproofness
24
Contents/Precautions
■
Opening the docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, microSD card slot cover and
microUSB jack cover
Open the covers with your fingertip by the
grooves.
■
Closing the docomo mini UIM card slot
cover, microSD card slot cover and
microUSB jack cover
Set back the cover in the direction of the
arrow and press it in, then ensure there are
no gaps.
It is recommended to replace the parts for
maintaining waterproof/dustproof property once
every two years regardless of whether any
abnormality is present. DOCOMO replaces the
parts as a chargeable service. Bring the terminal to
a sales outlet such as a DOCOMO-specified repair
office.
25
Contents/Precautions
Do not perform actions shown in the
illustrations below.
Observe the following precautions to use the
terminal properly.
･
Accessories and optional devices are not
waterproof/dustproof.
･
Do not apply water flow stronger than
allowed (water flow of 6L/min. or more : e.g.,
such water flow that gives you pain when
applied to your skin directly from a faucet or
shower). SO-03F provides IPX5
waterproofness, but doing so may cause
malfunction.
･
If the terminal gets wet with salt water, sea
water, refreshing beverage or mud or sand
adhered, wash it immediately. If they dry out,
it is hard to remove the dirt and it may cause
damage or malfunction.
･
Do not put the terminal in hot water, use it in
a sauna or apply hot airflow (from a hair dryer
etc.) to it.
･
Do not move the terminal in water or slam the
terminal against the surface of water.
･
If you put the terminal in tap water, be sure to
have it within 30 minutes.
･
When you use the terminal in swimming pool,
obey rules of the facility.
･
The terminal does not float on water.
･
Do not leave water on the terminal. In cold
region, the terminal freezes up and may cause
malfunction.
･
Do not leave water on the earpiece/
notification LED, microphone/speaker and
second microphone. Such water may
interfere with talking.
･
If the terminal gets splashed with water or
other liquid while the docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, microSD card slot cover or
microUSB jack cover is opened, the liquid may
get inside the terminal causing electric shocks
or malfunction. Stop using the terminal, turn
off the power and contact a DOCOMO-
specified repair office.
Important precautions
<Example>
Washing with
brush/sponge
Using Soap/Detergent/
Bath powder
Machine-
washing
Applying strong
water ow
Soaking in
ocean water
Using in hot
spring
Attaching
sand/mud
26
Contents/Precautions
･
If some or one of the rubber gaskets of the
inner side of the docomo mini UIM card slot
cover, microSD card slot cover or microUSB
jack cover are damaged or deformed, have
them replaced at DOCOMO-specified repair
office.
･
Do not connect 1Seg antenna cable,
earphones, etc. with the terminal wet with
water. Doing so may cause malfunction.
DOCOMO does not guarantee actual operations
under all states. Malfunctions deemed to be caused
by inappropriate operation by the customer are
not covered by the warranty.
When the terminal is wet, water may flow out
after wiping it off; drain the water in the
following steps.
a
Hold the terminal firmly and wipe off moisture on
the terminal surface and back side with dry, clean
cloth etc.
b
Shake the terminal approximately 20 times, firmly
holding it, until there is no more water splattering.
c
Swing the terminal in about 10 times against dry,
clean cloth etc. to wipe off water remaining in the
earpiece/notification LED, microphone/speaker,
second microphone, headset jack, power key,
volume key, camera key, contacts for the desktop
holder, each cover (docomo mini UIM card slot
cover/microSD card slot cover/microUSB jack
cover), etc.
d
Wipe off water drained from the terminal with dry,
clean cloth etc., and dry naturally.
･
Wipe off water drained from the terminal with
dry, clean cloth etc., and dry naturally.
･
Do not wipe off water remaining in gaps directly
with a cotton swab etc.
Draining water from the
terminal
27
Contents/Precautions
･
Dry the terminal naturally for about 3 hours at
room temperature.
Check the following before and after
charging.
･
Check if the terminal is not wet. Never charge
the battery when the terminal is wet.
･
Accessories and optional devices are not
waterproof/dustproof.
･
When charging the battery when or after the
terminal is wet, adequately drain it and wipe
off water with a dry, clean cloth etc., before
connecting the supplied desktop holder or
opening the microUSB jack cover.
･
When the microUSB jack cover is opened for
charging, close the cover firmly after charging.
It is recommended to use the desktop holder
for charging to prevent water or dust from
seeping inside through the microUSB jack.
･
Do not use the AC adapter or desktop holder
in a bathroom, shower room, kitchen, lavatory
or other highly humid area. Doing so may
cause fire or electric shock.
･
Do not touch the AC adapter or desktop
holder with wet hands. Doing so may cause
electric shock.
Notes on charging
28
Before Using the Terminal
a
Proximity sensor : Detect the face to get close
during a call and turn on or off the touch screen to
prevent misoperation, or help auto brightness
control.
b
Earpiece/Notification LED
c
Front camera lens
d
Touch screen
e
Speaker
f
Camera lens
g
FOMA/Xi/GPS antenna section
*1
h
Flash/Photo light
i
Nameplate
*2
j
Wi-Fi/Bluetooth antenna section
*1
k
FOMA/Xi antenna section
*1
l
mark
m
docomo mini UIM card
n
microUSB jack /docomo mini UIM card slot
o
Contacts for Desktop holder
p
microSD card slot
q
Power key/Screen lock key
r
Volume key/Zoom key
s
Camera key
t
Headset jack
u
Second microphone : Reduce noise to make voice
to be listened easily.
v
Strap hole
w
Microphone
*1 Antenna is built into the terminal. Covering around
the antenna with your hand may affect the
communication quality.
*2 Do not remove the nameplate with stickers of CE
mark, FCC ID and IMEI information printed.
Part names and functions
l
m
h
i
j
a b
e k
c
d
s
q
p
r
n
o
ut
wv
gf
29
Before Using the Terminal
❖
Note
･
Do not put a sticker etc. on the proximity sensor.
･
The back cover cannot be removed. Attempting to
remove the back cover with excessive force may
cause damage or malfunction.
･
The battery is built into the terminal and not removal.
The docomo mini UIM card is an IC card
recorded user information such as your
phone number etc.
･
You can use the terminal with docomo mini
UIM card. If you have a UIM or FOMA card,
bring it to a docomo Shop to replace.
･
When docomo mini UIM card is not inserted
to the terminal, making calls, packet
communication, etc. are not available.
･
For details on docomo mini UIM card, refer to
the docomo mini UIM card manual.
･
When inserting/removing the docomo mini
UIM card, make sure to power off the terminal
(P.36).
･
Opening/closing docomo mini UIM card slot
cover (P.23)
■
Security codes of the docomo mini
UIM card
There is a security code called PIN code in
the docomo mini UIM card. The code is set
to "0000" at subscription, which you can
change by yourself (P.162).
❖
Information
･
Please be careful not to touch or scratch the IC when
you handle the docomo mini UIM card. Doing so
may cause malfunction or damage.
1
Open the docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, then hook your
fingertip on the projection part of
the tray ( ) to pull the tray
straight out to remove it from the
terminal.
docomo mini UIM card
Inserting docomo mini UIM
card
30
Before Using the Terminal
2
Set docomo mini UIM card into the
tray with IC facing up ( ), then
insert the tray with the card and
press it all the way into the
terminal.
･
Make sure the orientation of the corner
cut and direction to insert.
3
Close the docomo mini UIM card
cover, firmly press parts and
make sure that there are no gaps
between the terminal and cover.
1
Open the docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, then hook your
fingertip on the projection part of
the tray to pull the tray straight
out to remove it from the terminal.
2
Remove the docomo mini UIM card
from the tray ( ), then insert the
tray into the terminal and press it
straight all the way.
･
Be careful about the direction to insert
of the tray.
3
Close the docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, firmly press the cover
and make sure that there are no
gaps between the terminal and
cover (P.30).
Removing docomo mini UIM
card
31
Before Using the Terminal
1
Open the docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, and insert a fingernail
into the hook at the edge of the
label tray, then pull it out straight.
The internal battery is not fully charged at the
time of purchase.
･
Estimated charging time (P.211)
The charging time varies by the internal
battery condition or operating environment.
･
"Continuous standby time", "Continuous call
time" (P.213)
･
The internal battery is a consumable part.
Each time the internal battery is recharged,
the battery usage time per one charge
gradually decreases.
･
When the battery usage time per one charge
becomes about half of that at the time of
purchased, replacing the internal battery is
recommended because the internal battery is
near the end of life.
･
Watching 1Seg etc. for a long time while
charging may shorten the lifetime of the
internal battery.
CE mark and FCC ID
Charging
Operation time on full charge
(estimate)
Continuous
stand-by time
FOMA/3G
Stationary (Auto) :
Approx. 500 hours
GSM
Stationary (Auto) :
Approx. 410 hours
LTE
Stationary (Auto) :
Approx. 450 hours
Continuous
call time
FOMA/3G
Approx. 580 min.
GSM
Approx. 600 min.
Life of the internal battery
32
Before Using the Terminal
･
To check the charging performance, from the
Home screen, tap
u
[Settings]
u
[About
phone]
u
[Status]
u
[Battery life].
･
It is recommended to use the AC Adapter 04
(optional) for charging. For details on AC
Adapter 04 (optional), see AC Adapter 04
(optional) manual.
･
The AC Adapter 04 (optional) is compatible
with AC 100 V to 240 V. For using the terminal
overseas, a plug adapter that fits the electrical
outlets in the country you stay is needed. Do
not use an electrical transformer for overseas
use to charge the terminal.
･
Use a compatible AC adapter or microUSB
cable for charging (P.191). If you use a charger
other than compatible ones, charging may
not be available or operations may not be
performed correctly.
･
Insert and remove the AC adapter cable or
microUSB cable slowly and evenly so that
excessive force is not applied.
･
When charging starts, notification LED of the
terminal turns on (P.42).
･
To check the battery level, see the status bar at
the top of the screen or from the Home
screen, tap
u
[Settings]
u
[About
phone]
u
[Status] to see "Battery level".
･
When you start charging with the terminal
powered off, the power turns on. However,
you cannot operate the terminal. Power off
the terminal in a place where the use is
prohibited such as in airplane or hospital for
this reason.
When using supplied Desktop Holder SO19
and AC Adapter 04 (optional) for charging, do
the following procedures.
･
Be sure to attach the supplied attachment
(Attachment 35A or Attachment 35B) to the
Desktop Holder when charging (P.33). The
terminal cannot be charged on the Desktop
Holder without attachment.
1
Insert a microUSB plug of the AC
adapter into the charging jack on
the back side of the desktop
holder with the engraved side (B)
facing up ( ).
Before charging
Charging with Desktop Holder
33
Before Using the Terminal
2
Unfold the power plug of the AC
adapter and insert it into an outlet.
3
Install the terminal to the Desktop
Holder and move it left or right
until it clicks.
･
When the terminal and the Desktop
Holder are correctly connected, the
notification LED of the terminal turns
on (P.42).
4
When charging is complete,
holding the desktop holder, lift the
terminal up to remove.
5
Remove the power plug of the AC
adapter from the power outlet.
6
Remove the microUSB plug of the
AC adapter from the desktop
holder.
Attaching/Removing the
attachment
■
Attaching
1
Check the shape of front/back of
the attachment and the attaching
part of the desktop holder, then fit
the attachment with the desktop
holder.
2
Firmly press the attachment
straight and make sure that there
are no gaps between the
attachment and the desktop
holder.
■
Removing
1
Put your fingertip into the groove
on the one side of the attachment,
lift it up at a slant while pressing
the desktop holder, then remove it
().
34
Before Using the Terminal
❖
Note
･
You cannot charge the battery by connecting the
desktop holder to a PC.
･
Check the connecting direction to connect correctly.
Wrong connection may cause damage.
･
Attachment 35A is attached to the Desktop Holder
by default.
･
Attachment 35B only supports terminal covers with
"
純正卓上ホルダ対応
(Compatible with genuine
desktop holders)" mark and the terminal can be
charged on the Desktop Holder with a compatible
cover attached.
When using AC Adapter 04 (optional) for
charging, do the following procedures.
･
Opening/closing microUSB jack cover (P.23)
1
Open the microUSB jack cover and
insert the microUSB plug of the AC
adapter horizontally into the
microUSB jack of the terminal with
the engraved side (B) facing up.
2
Unfold the power plug of the AC
adapter and insert it into an outlet.
･
Notification LED of the terminal turns
on (P.42).
3
When charging is complete,
remove the power plug of the AC
adapter from the power outlet.
4
Remove the microUSB plug of the
AC adapter evenly from the
terminal.
5
Close the microUSB jack cover,
firmly press it and make sure that
there are no gaps between the
terminal and cover.
❖
Note
･
Check the connecting direction to connect correctly.
Wrong connection may cause damage.
DC Adapter 03 (optional) supplies power
from a car cigarette lighter socket (12 V/24 V).
For details, refer to the DC Adapter 03
(optional) manual.
Charging with AC adapter
Charging with DC adapter
35
Before Using the Terminal
When using Micro USB Cable 01 (optional) for
charging, do the following procedures.
･
Opening/closing microUSB jack cover (P.23)
1
Open the microUSB jack cover and
insert the microUSB plug of the
microUSB cable horizontally into
the microUSB jack of the terminal
with the engraved side ( )
facing up.
2
Insert the USB plug of the
microUSB cable into a USB port of
a PC.
･
Notification LED of the terminal turns
on (P.42).
･
When "Install software" screen appears
on the terminal, tap [Skip].
･
When a screen for new hardware
detection etc. appears on the PC, select
"
キャンセル
(Cancel)".
3
When the charging is complete,
remove the USB plug of the
microUSB cable from the USB port
of the PC.
4
Remove the microUSB plug of the
microUSB cable evenly from the
terminal.
5
Close the microUSB jack cover,
firmly press it and make sure that
there are no gaps between the
terminal and cover.
❖
Note
･
Installation of an MTP driver to a PC is required when
charging the battery with a Microsoft Windows XP
PC, because "USB connection mode" (P.176) is set to
"Media transfer mode (MTP)" by default. Install
Windows Media Player 10 or later to install an MTP
driver.
･
Check the connecting direction to connect correctly.
Wrong connection may cause damage.
Charging with a PC
36
Before Using the Terminal
1
Press and hold
P
for over a
second.
･
The terminal vibrates and lock screen
appears after a while.
2
Cancel the screen lock.
･
Canceling the screen lock (P.37).
･
When the language selection screen
appears after canceling the screen lock,
make initial settings (P.38).
❖
Information
･
If the battery level is low, the notification LED flashes
in red 3 times when
P
is pressed to turn the power
on. Charge the terminal (P.31).
･
When SIM card lock (P.162) is set, enter PIN code on
the PIN code entry screen (P.162).
1
Press and hold
P
for over a
second.
2
[Power off]
u
[OK].
❖
Information
･
Press
P
for over a second
u
Touch and hold [Power
off ]
u
Tap [OK] to restart the terminal in safe mode
(P.194).
･
Opening/closing docomo mini UIM card slot
cover (P.23)
1
Open the docomo mini UIM card
slot cover, press red OFF button for
approximately 3 seconds and
release it when the terminal
vibrates 3 times.
❖
Information
･
Alternatively, press
P
and volume up key
simultaneously for approximately 3 seconds and
release them when the terminal vibrates 3 times to
force stop.
Turning power on/off
Turning power on
Turning power off
Force stop
37
Before Using the Terminal
When the sleep mode is set, the screen
backlight turns off so that you can avoid
misoperations of the touch screen and keys,
and lock the screen.
1
Press
P
.
･
Press
P
again to cancel sleep mode.
❖
Information
･
Also, when the screen backlight goes off after a
specified time elapses, the terminal goes into sleep
mode. You can change the time-out period for
turning off the screen back light (P.153).
The screen for canceling the lock screen (lock
screen) appears when turning the power on
or the sleep mode is canceled by pressing
P
.
1
On the lock screen, .
❖
Information
･
On the lock screen, tap to activate "
しゃべってコ
ンシェル
(Shabette concier)" or "Google" application.
･
On the lock screen, tap to activate the camera.
･
You can change screen unlock method (P.162).
･
When the Home screen is set to "Simple Home" (P.49)
or Preferred apps settings is set to "Xperia
™
" (P.151),
flick (swipe) the screen up or down to cancel the
screen lock.
You can add widgets such as calendar, clock,
etc. on the lock screen.
1
On the lock screen, drag right.
2u
Tap a widget to add.
･
Flick the screen to the right in a
row
u
Tap to set up to 5 widgets.
❖
Information
･
To delete a widget, on the lock screen, touch and
hold a widget to delete
u
Drag it to "Delete"
displayed at the top of the screen.
Setting sleep mode
Canceling the screen lock
Adding widgets on the lock
screen
38
Before Using the Terminal
When the language selection screen appears
after turning the power on and canceling the
screen lock, follow the onscreen instructions
to make initial settings.
1
Select [English (United States)]
u
[Done]
u
.
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions to make the following
settings, and tap or [Finish].
-Connect to a Wi-Fi network
- Connecting to Sony Entertainment
Network
- Set accounts and auto-sync
- Select preferred applications
2
[OK]
u
[OK].
3
When initial setting screen for
docomo service appears, .
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions to set up below, and tap
.
- Set docomo ID
- Select whether to use "docomo Wi-Fi
Easy Connection" application
- Set docomo apps password, Remote
Initialization Service
- Set docomo cloud
- Select whether to install all
applications now or later
- Set whether to respond when receive
a request of location search
4
[OK].
･
The operation guide of the Home
screen appears. Tap [Do not show
again]/[OK] to display the Home screen.
❖
Information
･
Some settings can be changed later (P.158, P.163).
･
Make sure that the data connection is available (LTE/
3G/GPRS) or the terminal is connected to a Wi-Fi
network before setting up online services (P.43).
･
You can use the terminal without setting your
Google account, however the Google services such
as Gmail, Google Play, etc. are not available.
Initial settings
39
Before Using the Terminal
Precautions on using touch screen
･
Touch screen is designed for being touched
lightly with fingers. Do not push the touch
screen hard with a finger or press sharp
objects (nail, ballpoint pen, pin, etc.) against
the screen.
･
Touching the touch screen may not work in
the following cases. Note that it may cause
malfunction.
- Operation with tip of fingernail
- Operation with foreign object on the screen
- Operation with protective sheet or seal on
the screen
- Operation on the wet touch screen
- Operation with fingers wet with sweat or
water
Operations on the touch screen
■
Tap
Touch an item such as icon or menu with
your finger lightly and release it.
･
Double-tap means tapping twice quickly.
■
Touch and hold
Touch and hold an icon or menu item long.
■
Flick (Swipe)
Touch the screen and flick up/down/left/
right.
■
Drag
Touch the screen, drag to the desired
position and release the finger.
■
Scroll
When whole content cannot be displayed,
flick up/down/left/right displayed content
to scroll (move) the display position.
Basic operations
Using the touch screen
40
Before Using the Terminal
■
Pinch
Touch the screen with two fingers and
widen (pinch-out) or narrow (pinch-in) the
fingers' distance. On some screens, pinch-
out to zoom in and pinch-in to zoom out.
* In this manual, each key icon operation is described
with
x
,
y
,
r
.
Basic key icon operation
x
Back Go back to the previous screen. Or
close a dialog box, an option
menu, the Notification panel, etc.
y
Home Go to the Home screen.
Touch and hold the icon and drag
to to activate "
しゃべってコン
シェル
(Shabette concier)" or
"Google" application.
r
Recently
used apps
Display recently used applications
in thumbnail list to activate or
delete applications from the list
(P.58). Also, use or set small apps
(P.58).
xx y r
41
Before Using the Terminal
You can set the screen orientation to switch
between landscape and portrait view
automatically according to the terminal
orientation.
1
Drag the status bar downwards.
2
[Auto rotate].
･
When the setting is enabled,
appears.
❖
Information
･
Even when you change the orientation of the
terminal, the screen may not change to landscape
view depending on the screen such as Home screen,
etc.
･
While charging with the desktop holder, the screen
view may change regardless of the auto rotate
screen setting.
･
Changing orientation of the terminal in nearly
horizontal state against the ground does not switch
to portrait view/landscape view automatically.
1
Drag the status bar downwards.
2
[Sound].
･
Tap to activate silent mode
(vibration) and tap to activate silent
mode (mute). Tap to cancel silent
mode.
❖
Information
･
Alternatively, press and hold
P
for over a
second
u
Tap / / to switch silent modes.
･
Press and hold the volume down key to set vibrator
and press the volume down key while the vibrator is
set to set mute. On the lock screen, during a call, in
some applications such as camera and WALKMAN,
silent mode cannot be set even if the volume down
key is pressed.
･
Setting the terminal to silent mode does not mute
sounds for shutter, playback of video or music, alarm,
dialpad operation sound during a call or sound
emitted when [End call] is tapped, etc.
･
While silent mode is set, adjusting volume for
"Ringtone & notifications" from "Volumes" (P.153) in
Sound or turning up the volume by pressing the
volume up key cancels silent mode.
Switching portrait or landscape
view automatically
Setting silent mode
42
Before Using the Terminal
You can save the current displayed screen as
an image (screenshot).
1
On the screen you want to capture,
press and hold
P
and volume
down key for over a second at the
same time.
･
Screenshot is captured and appears
in the status bar.
❖
Information
･
Drag the status bar downwards
u
Tap [Screenshot
captured.] to check captured images in the "Album"
application. Also, tap [Share] to attach captured
images to an application to send or to share them.
Notification LED provides information on the
terminal status, incoming calls, mail
reception, etc.
･
Notification LED when STAMINA
®
mode is set
(P.156)
* Flashing while the backlight turns off or the lock
screen is displayed.
❖
Information
･
If the battery level is low, the notification LED flashes
in red 3 times when
P
is pressed to turn the power
on.
･
When charging starts with the power off, notification
LED turns on in red first.
Capturing screenshot
Notification LED
Status Indication
Red
Indicate that the battery level is
14% or less while the battery is
being charged
Orange
Indicate that the battery level is
15% - 89% while the battery is
being charged
Green
Indicate that the battery level is
90% or more while the battery is
being charged
Flashing red
Indicate that the battery level is
14% or less
Flashing pale
purple
*
Indicate missed calls, new
messages (SMS), or new Gmails
exist
43
Before Using the Terminal
A status bar appears at the top of the screen.
In the status bar, the terminal status and
notification are displayed. Notification icons
appear on the left side, and status icons
appear on the right side of the status bar.
The main status icons displayed on the status
bar are as follows.
* Appears when switched to the Home screen etc.
Status bar
Status icon
Signal strength
International roaming available
International roaming connected
Out of service
HSPA available
Communicating in HSPA
3G (packet) available
Communicating in 3G (packet)
LTE availabl e
Communicating in LTE
Connecting to Wi-Fi
Communicating in Wi-Fi
Connecting to Wi-Fi using Auto IP function
Bluetooth function ON
Status bar
Connecting to Bluetooth device
Airplane mode activated
Silent mode (vibration) ON
Silent mode (mute) ON
Speaker phone turned on
*
Microphone set to mute
*
Alarm is set
NFC Reader/Writer, P2P function ON
Battery status
The battery is charging
Battery is low (4
％
or less)
PUK code locked or docomo mini UIM card not
inserted
STAMINA mode ON
Low battery mode ON
44
Before Using the Terminal
The main notification icons displayed on the
status bar are as follows.
Notification icon
New email message
New Gmail message
New message (SMS)
Problem with message (SMS) delivery
New Area Mail
Screenshot captured
New Facebook message
Uploading data to Facebook
Uploading data to Facebook completed
Facebook setting request notification
Receiving/downloading data
Sending/uploading data
Notification of data reception etc. via Bluetooth
communication
Unmount microSD card (reading/writing
unavailable)
microSD card removed
Preparing microSD card
Update notification/installation completed
Application update notification
Software update notification
Downloading software update completed
Installation of software update completed
Software update interrupted, stopped
Android software upgrade notification
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock set to the terminal and
docomo mini UIM card
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock set to the terminal or
docomo mini UIM card
Omakase Lock set to the terminal and docomo
mini UIM card
Omakase Lock set to the terminal or docomo
mini UIM card
Receiving/dialing
*
/during a call
*
Call on hold
*
Missed call
Phone memo recorded
New voice mail
Event notification for Schedule
Stopwatch is running
Timer in use
Alarm sounding
Playing a track with Media Player
Playing a track with WALKMAN
Watching 1Seg
*
/notification of reserved
watching
Recording 1Seg
*
/notification of reserved
recording
FM radio in use
*
USB connected
MHL connected
Available to activate TV launcher
Screen mirroring connected
Mobile data communication invalid
Wi-Fi open network available
45
Before Using the Terminal
*
Appears when switched to the Home screen etc.
When notification icons appear on the status
bar, you can open the Notification panel to
check the notifications, activate
corresponding application, etc. You can open
the Notification panel to set silent mode,
enable/disable Wi-Fi function, etc.
1
Drag the status bar downwards.
■
Notification panel
a
Quick settings
･
Enable/disable functions. Also number of tools
and order can be changed (P.151).
Connecting to a VPN
The terminal set as media server/connection
request notification received
Error message
Warning message
Problem with sync
Setup guide unchecked
Some notifications are hidden
Notification from docomo LIVE UX
Setting USB tethering
Wi-Fi tethering ON
Bluetooth tethering is set
USB tethering, Wi-Fi tethering, Bluetooth
tethering are set
Positioning with GPS
AUTO-GPS is set
Omakase Lock is set
Available memory on the terminal is low
Notification of data transfer to microSD card
exists (available internal storage decrease)
Authentication failed in docomo ID setting
Notification panel
Wi-Fi
Enable/disable Wi-Fi function.
Bluetooth
Enable/disable Bluetooth function.
NFC
Enable/disable NFC Reader/Writer,
P2P function.
Brightness
Adjust screen brightness.
Sound
Enable/disable silent mode
(Vibration/mute).
a
b
46
Before Using the Terminal
b
Clear
･
Clear contents on the Notification panel. Some
notifications may not be cleared.
❖
Information
･
Tap
x
to close the Notification panel.
･
Flick left or right a notification on the Notification
panel to delete from the list.
･
For some notifications, pinch in/out (P.40) the
Notification panel to show/hide screen for operation
such as "Share" and "Call back".
･
Touch and hold a notification on the Notification
panel
u
Tap [App info] to check the application
information.
You can switch the Home screen of the
terminal to "docomo LIVE UX", "Xperia
™
" or
"Simple Home".
･
"docomo LIVE UX" (P.72)
･
"Simple Home" (P.49)
･
Switching home applications (P.59)
Application screen displayed when
"Preferred applications" is set to "Xperia
™
" is
explained here.
a
Current home screen position
･
Flick the home screen left or right to switch.
b
Widget : Google Search
c
Widget : Clock
d
Machi-chara
e
Shortcuts (applications)
f
Wallpaper
g
Apps button
Hotspot
Enable/disable Wi-Fi tethering
function.
GPS
Enable/disable GPS function.
Glove mode
Enable/disable Glove mode.
Auto rotate
Set whether to switch portrait/
landscape view automatically
according to the terminal
orientation.
Settings
Display Settings menu (P.142).
Home screen
Xperia
™
Home screen
a
b
c
e
e
g
df
©NTT DOCOMO
"
ひつじのしつじくん®
(Butler Sheep)"
47
Before Using the Terminal
❖
Information
･
To change the initial home screen for operations,
switch the home screen you want to change to,
touch and hold the area of the screen where no
icons are displayed
u
Tap .
Adding a home screen
Up to 7 home screens can be displayed.
1
Touch and hold an area of the
Home screen where no icons are
displayed.
･
Alternatively, pinch-in on the Home
screen.
2
Flick the Home screen left or
right
u
.
❖
Information
･
To return to the Home screen, tap
y
or
x
, or
tap any home screen.
･
To delete home screen, touch and hold the area of
the Home screen where no icons are displayed
u
Tap
.
Adding a home screen
Widget is an application which can be added
to the Home screen to use. Use a widget to
start an application easily.
1
Touch and hold an area of the
Home screen where no icons are
displayed.
･
Alternatively, pinch-in on the Home
screen.
2
[Widgets]
u
Select a widget to add.
･
When a settings screen appears, follow
the onscreen instructions.
❖
Information
･
To return to the Home screen, tap
y
or
x
, or
tap any home screen.
･
To change displaying widget size, touch and hold a
widget
u
Drag the blue frame.
･
To delete a widget, from the Home screen, touch and
hold a widget to delete
u
Drag it to displayed at
the bottom of the screen.
48
Before Using the Terminal
Adding a shortcut to the Home
screen
You can add shortcuts of application,
bookmark, etc.
1
Touch and hold an area of the
Home screen where no icons are
displayed.
･
Alternatively, pinch-in on the Home
screen.
2
[Apps].
3
Select [Shortcuts] or an
application you want to add.
･
When you select "Shortcuts", select
from the stored shortcuts.
･
When a data selection screen or setting
screen appears, follow the onscreen
instructions.
❖
Information
･
To return to the Home screen, tap
y
or
x
, or
tap any home screen.
･
To delete a shortcut, from the Home screen, touch
and hold a shortcut to delete
u
Drag it to
displayed at the bottom of the screen.
Adding folders on the Home screen
You can put applications, shortcuts, etc.
added to the Home screen into a folder to
manage them.
1
From the Home screen, touch and
hold an icon
u
Drag it over another
icon.
❖
Information
･
To move an icon to a folder, on the Home screen,
touch and hold an icon you want to move
u
Drag it
over a folder.
･
To change a folder name, tap a folder
u
Tap the folder
name
u
Enter a folder name
u
Tap [Done].
･
To delete a folder, on the Home screen, touch and
hold a folder to delete
u
Drag it to displayed at
the bottom of the screen
u
Tap [Delete]. Applications,
shortcuts, etc. in the folder are also deleted.
Changing wallpaper
You can change wallpaper of the Home
screen.
1
Touch and hold an area of the
Home screen where no icons are
displayed.
･
Alternatively, pinch-in on the Home
screen.
2
[Wallpapers].
49
Before Using the Terminal
3
Any of [Album]/[Live Wallpapers]/
an image.
･
When you tap [Album], select an image
u
Set range of the image by dragging,
etc. to adjust the cropping frame
u
Tap
[Crop] to set wallpaper.
･
When you tap [Live Wallpapers], select
a content
u
Tap [Set wallpaper].
❖
Information
･
To return to the Home screen, tap
y
or
x
, or
tap any home screen.
Changing theme
You can change themes for the Home screen,
wallpaper of the lock screen, etc.
1
Touch and hold an area of the
Home screen where no icons are
displayed.
･
Alternatively, pinch-in on the Home
screen.
2
[Themes]
u
Select an image
❖
Information
･
To return to the Home screen, tap
y
or
x
, or
tap any home screen.
Set Simple Home to use Home screen and
setting menu limited to basic functions.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Personalization]
u
[Simple Home]
u
[OK].
■
Applications on the Simple Home
screen
Simple Home screen
Maps
P. 1 3 5
Google
P. 6 0
Settings
P. 5 1
My Select
P. 5 1
Tools Contacts
P. 5 3
Calendar
P. 5 4
Alarm & clock
P. 1 3 7
Calculator
―
Osaifu-Keitai
P. 1 0 4
Gmail
P. 9 8
Play Store
P. 1 0 3
dmenu
P. 1 0 3
ｉコンシェル
(i-concier)
P. 5 6
50
Before Using the Terminal
* Applications such as "Anshin Scan", "docomo
backup", etc. appear.
❖
Information
･
To change to the standard Home screen, from the
Simple Home screen, tap [Settings]
u
[Exit Simple
Home]
u
[OK]
u
[docomo LIVE UX]/[Xperia
™
Home].
Using speed dials
Save frequently used contacts to "Speed dial
1", "Speed dial 2", and "Speed dial 3" to easily
make a call or send a message.
■
Saving contacts
Save phone numbers and mail addresses to
"Contacts" beforehand.
1
On the Simple home screen, tap
any of [Speed dial 1]/[Speed dial
2]/[Speed dial 3]
u
[OK].
2
Select a contact to save.
･
The name "Speed dial 1", etc. is changed
into the name saved in the "Contacts"
application.
■
Making a call
1
On the Simple Home screen, select
a speed dial
u
[Call].
･
Operation during a call (P.81)
■
Sending messages (SMS)/mail
1
On the Simple Home screen, select
a speed dial
u
[Send message]/
[Send email].
･
How to send a message (P.91)
･
How to send email (P.95)
･
How to send Gmail (P.98)
Media WALKMAN
P. 5 3
Album
P. 1 2 8
Movies
P. 5 3
1Seg
P. 1 0 9
FM radio
P. 1 1 5
YouTube
P. 1 3 0
dmarket
P. 1 0 3
ｉチャネル
(i-channel)
P. 5 6
sugotoku contents
P. 5 5
Camera
P. 1 1 6
docomo mail
P. 9 1
Messaging
P. 9 1
Dial
P. 5 3
Apps
*
―
Browser
P. 1 0 0
Speed dial 1/Speed dial 2/Speed dial 3
P. 5 0
51
Before Using the Terminal
❖
Information
･
To change/delete/edit contacts saved in the speed
dials, select a contact saved in the speed dial
u
[Menu]
u
Tap any of [Edit entry]/[Delete entry]/[Edit
contact].
Using Settings
1
On the Simple Home screen,
[Settings].
Saving applications in My Select
If frequently used applications, etc are saved
in the "My Select" folder, the applications can
easily be activated
1
On the Simple home screen, [My
Select]
u
[Edit]
u
[OK].
2
Mark applications to save
u
[Done].
❖
Information
･
To delete applications saved in the "My Select" folder,
in Step 2, unmark applications to delete
u
Tap [Done].
My profile
Check your own phone
number and mail address,
etc.
Display Sleep
Select a time duration before
the screen back light turns
off.
Wallpaper
Set wallpaper for Simple
Home screen.
･
To set "Custom", unmark
"Default" and tap [Custom].
Lock
screen
wallpaper
Set wallpaper for lock screen.
Font size
Set font size for the
"Contacts" application, etc.
Customize
Home
Change application types or
location displayed on the
Simple Home screen (P.52).
Sound Silent/
Vibrate
mode
Set Silent mode.
Ringtone
Set ringtone.
Others Battery
save
Set to reduce battery power
consumption.
Screen lock
Set screen unlock method.
More
settings
Display Settings menu on the
standard Home screen
(P.142).
Exit Simple Home
Change to the standard
Home screen.
52
Before Using the Terminal
Changing applications on the
Simple Home screen
1
On the Simple home screen,
[Settings]
u
[Display]
u
[Customize
Home].
2
[Change apps]/[Reorder apps].
3
Select applications to
change
u
Select applications to
display/select a location to move
to.
･
Grayout applications cannot be
changed.
4
[OK].
❖
Information
･
In Step 2, tap [Reset]
u
[OK] to restore the defaults.
Note that contacts saved in the speed dials and
applications saved in "My Select" folder are not
restored.
Application screen displayed when
"Preferred applications" is set to "Xperia
™
" is
explained here.
･
Switching Home application (P.59)
1
From the Home screen, .
a
View optional menu
･
Flick the left edge of the application screen to
right to display "Search apps", "Uninstall" (P.57),
menu to change order of the application icons on
the application screen and "Play Store".
b
Current displayed position of the application screen
･
Flick the application screen left or right to switch.
c
Machi-chara
d
Application icons
･
Some application icons are displayed with a
number of missed calls, unread mails, etc.
Xperia
™
Application
screen
ad
bc
©NTT DOCOMO
"
ひつじのしつじくん®
(Butler Sheep)"
53
Before Using the Terminal
❖
Information
･
On the leftmost application screen, flick to the right
the screen (except for the left edge) to open the
optional menu.
･
While sorting application icons, drag an icon to the
right edge of the application screen to add an
application screen.
Applications displayed on the application
screen are as follows.
･
For usage of some applications, separate
subscription (Charged) is required.
Contacts
Activate Xperia
™
phonebook application to
manage contacts of your friends or colleagues.
Dial
Activate Xperia
™
phone application to make/
receive calls, and switch between calls.
Messaging
Send and receive messages (SMS).
→
P. 9 1
Browser
Browse web pages with Browser.
→
P.100
WALKMAN
Playback music data stored on the internal
storage or microSD card.
Album
View photos and videos you took, and images
posted on Facebook or Picasa.
→
P. 1 2 8
Movies
Play downloaded contents with Video
Unlimited or videos that are transferred from a
PC to the terminal. On the terminal, you can
play videos in a DLNA device or programs
recorded with a Blu-ray Disc recorder after
transferring via Wi-Fi to the terminal by TV
transfer.
Sony Select
Connect Sony Select to obtain applications,
games, etc.
Camera
Take still pictures and record video clips.
→
P.116
1Seg
Watch 1Seg
→
P. 1 0 9
Play Store
Access to the Google Play, download and buy
new applications.
→
P. 1 0 3
Facebook
Activate Facebook client application.
Twitter
Official Twitter client application. Post a short
message on the website and communicate
with someone else.
Application list
54
Before Using the Terminal
Email
Send and receive emails (multiple accounts are
available).
→
P. 9 4
Calendar
Display a calendar and manage schedule.
Maps
Use Google map services, such as viewing
current location, finding another location and
calculating routes.
→
P. 1 3 5
ナビゲーション
(Navigation)
The folder contains "Navigation", "Local"
applications.
docomo mail
Send/receive mails using DOCOMO mail
address
(@docomo.ne.jp)
. Sent/received mails
are saved in cloud. You can view the same mail
on the multiple devices or transfer mail data
easily when changing model. Pictograms and
Deco-mail can be used, and automatic
reception also is supported.
→
P. 9 1
Osaifu-Keitai
Use Osaifu-Keitai.
→
P.104
Settings
Make the terminal settings.
→
P.142
Sony Entertainment Network
The folder contains "PlayStation Mobile", "Video
Unlimited", "
電子書籍
Reader by Sony (e-books
Reader by Sony)", "Socialife" applications.
Xperia
™
Lounge Japan
Website for smartphones introducing products
of Sony Mobile Communications, Inc. and
campaign information
TV SideView
The application works as a remote control for
Sony TVs, etc.
TrackID
™
TV
Use a service providing information about TV
program you are watching.
TrackID
™
Use a service that checks the information of
playing music.
Chrome
Connect to the Internet with Google Chrome.
Google
Search information in the terminal and web
pages by keywords.
→
P. 6 0
Google+
Activate SNS client application Google+
provided by Google.
Google Settings
Make settings for Google applications.
Voice Search
Use Google Voice Search.
→
P. 6 0
YouTube
Play back videos in the world or upload
recorded videos.
→
P.130
55
Before Using the Terminal
Gmail
Send and receive mails from/to a Google
account.
→
P. 9 8
Play Movies & TV
An application for accessing movie rental
service of Google Play. Select a movie you want
to watch and rent it.
Play Books
Download new books, bestsellers, etc. from
Google Play to read.
Messenger
Chat with friends using Google+ instant
messaging.
Hangouts
Chat using photos, pictograms, and videos.
Play Games
Download games, from Google Play and play
them.
ツール
(Tools)
The folder contains "Calculator", "Alarm & clock",
"Notes", "Sketch", "FM radio", "File Commander"
and "OfficeSuite" applications.
Instruction Manual
Display the terminal instruction manual. You
can directly start a function you want to use
from the explanation (in Japanese only).
* See "About manuals of SO-03F" in
"Introduction".
遠隔サポート
(Remote support)
An application for using "
スマートフォンあんし
ん遠隔サポート
(Smartphone Anshin Remote
Support)". With "
スマートフォンあんしん遠隔サ
ポート
(Smartphone Anshin Remote Support)",
a call center staff can check your terminal
screen remotely and provide information on
the operation.
→
P. 1 9 9
docomo phonebook
Use phonebook.
→
P. 8 6
Phone
Use phone.
→
P. 7 8
dmenu
An application shortcut for "dmenu". In
"dmenu", you can easily find contents you used
in i-mode and joyful and convenient contents
for smartphones.
→
P.103
dmarket
An application for activating dmarket. Contents
such as songs, videos and books can be
purchased in dmarket. Also Google Play
applications are introduced.
→
P. 1 0 3
sugotoku contents
An application shortcut for "sugotoku
contents" sugotoku contents offers selected
basic/popular contents of various categories
such as weather and news.
56
Before Using the Terminal
ｉチャネル
(i-channel)
An application which delivers the latest
information for 9 categories such as weather,
news, show business, sports, fortune-telling,
etc. automatically.
ｉコンシェル
(i-concier)
An application for using i-concier. i-concier is a
service in which a mobile phone supports your
life like a "butler" or "concierge".
しゃべってコンシェル
(Shabette concier)
Speak "what you want to search" or "what you
want to do" to the terminal. It understands your
intention and display the best solution on the
display from the services or functions of the
terminal (in Japanese only).
iD
アプリ
(iD application)
Make settings etc. for use of electronic money,
iD.
→
P.108
ToruCa
Acquire, display, search, or refresh ToruCa.
→
P. 1 0 8
フォトコレクション
(Photo collection)
An application for using Photo collection.
Photo collection is a free storage service for
photos/videos.
Media Player
Play music and videos.
→
P.131
IC Tag/Barcode Reader
Read IC Tag and barcode.
Schedule
Create/manage schedule. It supports i-concier
service.
→
P. 1 3 6
Memo
Create/manage memos. It supports i-concier
service.
Hanashite Hon'yaku
An application for translating into each other's
language. You can enjoy conversation with
people who speak different language.
バックアップ
&
スキャン
(Backup & Scan)
The folder contains "docomo backup", "Anshin
Scan" applications.
データ保管
BOX (Data Storage Box)
An application for using Data Storage Box. Data
Storage Box is a service which allows you to
upload files to easily manage them in the
cloud.
docomo Wi-Fi Easy Connection
An application for simply using "docomo Wi-Fi",
public wireless LAN service by DOCOMO.
Automatically connect to Wi-Fi network within
a Wi-Fi area. Also Wi-Fi areas can be searched.
Disaster kit
An application which helps you check received
Early Warning "Area Mail", make settings, and
record and check messages on the docomo
Disaster Message Board.
→
P. 9 9
57
Before Using the Terminal
❖
Information
･
Some pre-installed applications can be uninstalled.
Even if uninstalled, some applications can be
downloaded from "Play Store" (P.103) etc. again.
･
Some applications require downloading and
installation. If downloading an application is not
available, set to allow to download (P.160).
･
Activating two or more applications may increase
battery consumption and the operation time may
become short. For this reason, it is recommended to
end applications when not used. To end an
application, on the screen of application you are
using, tap
x
to display the Home screen, or tap
ru
[Close all].
Adding an application to the Home
screen
1
On the application screen, touch
and hold an icon you want to add
to the Home screen.
･
For the application icons in a folder,
drag out from the folder.
2
Drag it to "Add to Home screen"
displayed at the top of the screen.
･
When the Home screen is displayed,
drag it to a position to locate the
shortcut.
❖
Information
･
To delete a shortcut, from the Home screen, touch
and hold a shortcut to delete
u
Drag it to
displayed at the bottom of the screen.
Uninstalling an application
･
Before uninstalling application, back up
contents related to the application that you
want to save including data saved in the
application.
･
Some applications may not be uninstalled.
1
On the application screen, flick the
left edge of the screen to
right
u
[Uninstall].
2
Tap an application icon with .
3
[Uninstall].
Adding a folder to the application
screen
When the order of application icons (P.52) is
set to "Own order", application icons can be
saved in folders and managed.
1
On the application screen, touch
and hold an icon
u
Drag it over
another icon.
❖
Information
･
To move an icon to a folder, on the application
screen, touch and hold an icon you want to
move
u
Drag it over a folder.
･
To take out an application icon from a folder, tap the
folder
u
Touch and hold the application icon
u
Drag it
to a place you want to locate.
･
To change a folder name, tap a folder
u
Tap the folder
name
u
Enter a folder name
u
Tap [Done].
58
Before Using the Terminal
You can check the recently-used applications
and end them. You can activate a small app
which can be used while using another
application.
Display recently used applications in
thumbnail list and activate.
1r
.
❖
Information
･
Tap a thumbnail of application to activate.
･
Flick left or right a thumbnail of application to delete
it from the list.
･
To end all applications and delete from thumbnail
list, tap [Close all] displayed at the upper right of the
screen.
･
To check application information, touch and hold a
thumbnail of application
u
Tap [App info].
You can use a small app such as browser or
note while using another application.
Applications downloaded from Google Play
or widgets can be added to small apps.
Using small apps
1r
.
･
The set favorites of small apps appear at
the bottom of the screen.
2
Select a small app to use.
❖
Information
･
When several small apps are set, flick favorites left or
right to display them.
･
To close a running small app, tap .
Task manager
Opening recently-used
application window
Small apps
59
Before Using the Terminal
Adding small apps
1ru
.
･
Small apps list appears.
2
Touch and hold a small app or
shortcut to add
u
Drag to Favorites.
❖
Information
･
Alternatively, select an app/widget in the small app
list to activate a small app.
･
In the small app list, tap
u
[Play Store]/[Widgets]
to install a new small app from Play Store or add a
widget to small apps.
･
To delete a small app from the favorites, touch and
hold a small app to delete
u
Drag it out of the frame
of the favorites
u
[OK].
･
To delete a widget or small app, in the small app list,
tap
u
[Delete widget]/[Uninstall small
app]
u
Select a widget or small app to delete
u
[OK].
In the terminal, you can switch the Home
screen between "docomo" or "Xperia
™
".
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Personalization]
u
[Preferred apps setting].
2
[Set all to]/[Home screen].
･
When "Set all to" is selected, you can set
home application, lock screen,
phonebook application and application
for playing videos or music all at once.
3
[docomo]/[Xperia
™
].
4
[OK].
❖
Information
･
When the home application is switched, widgets or
shortcuts on the screen may not be displayed
correctly depending on home screen layout etc.
Switching Home
application
60
Before Using the Terminal
Enter a word in the search box to browse the
information in the terminal or on the
Internet.
1
From the Home screen, tap the
Google search widget.
2
Enter a search word.
･
Character entry (P.61)
3
Tap a search item or of
software keyboard.
･
When you select an application from
the search result, the application is
activated.
❖
Information
･
If a Google account is set, the Google Now screen
may appear in Step 1. Follow the onscreen
instructions.
Using Google Voice Search
Enter a search word by voice.
1
From the Home screen, of the
Google search widget.
2
Speak a search word to the
microphone.
Search settings
You can set to use for search box or set search
objectives in the terminal.
1
From the Home screen, tap the
Google search widget.
2
In the lower left of the screen,
uu
[Settings].
* Appears when a Google account is set.
Searching information in
the terminal and web
pages
Google Now
*
Set location information service to
on to check weather information for
the current location, traffic
information, directions.
Voice
Change language and settings for
voice search.
Phone search
Change the search range by
marking/unmarking data categories
in the terminal.
Privacy &
accounts
Set whether to display search
options from Web history when a
search word is entered, or delete
search history for contents or
applications in the terminal.
･
You need to create your Google
account.
61
Before Using the Terminal
Enter characters using the software keyboard
which appears when you tap the character
input box in a mail, phonebook, etc.
❖
Information
･
When the software keyboard is displayed,
appears on the status bar.
･
To hide software keyboard, tap displayed at the
lower left of the screen.
･
Touch and hold a text in the character entry screen
to display the enlarged text and check for dragging
the text.
In the terminal, you can select Input method
(keyboard type) from the following.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings].
2
[Language & input]
u
[Default].
3
Tap any of [Xperia
™
Chinese
keyboard]/[Xperia
™
Japanese
keyboard]/[International
keyboard].
❖
Information
･
When the language is set to English, the default
input method is set to "International keyboard". To
use the Japanese keyboard, tap [Xperia
™
Japanese
keyboard] in Step 3. In this manual, explanations are
given only for "Xperia
™
Japanese keyboard".
･
Alternatively, while entering characters, drag the
status bar downwards
u
Tap [Choose input method]
to select input method.
For Japanese keyboard, you can use
switching the following types of software
keyboards.
Character entry
Choose input method
Google voice
typing
Select to enter characters by voice
input with Google voice typing.
Moji-Henshu
Select to enter characters by voice
input with docomo voice input.
Xperia
™
Chinese
keyboard
Select to enter Chinese.
Xperia
™
Japanese
keyboard
Select to enter Japanese.
Xperia
™
keyboard
Select language for text entry.
Software keyboard
Phonepad
keyboard
Keyboard with multiple-character-
assigned keys. Flick input or toggle
input is used for character entry.
QWERTY
keyboard
Keyboard with characters allocated
in the same arrangement as general
PCs. Enter Japanese in Roman
character.
62
Before Using the Terminal
❖
Information
･
The key display of software keyboard varies
depending on the entry screen, character mode or
settings.
Changing software keyboard and
settings
1
On a character entry screen, touch
and hold or flick it up.
･
For Kanji handwriting input, tap .
2
Tap any of icons.
･
: Display Japanese keyboard
settings screen and check/change the
settings.
･
: Display the extensions list.
･
: Switch one-byte/two-byte
character.
･
: Change size and location of
software keyboard (except for
landscape screen and Kanji
handwriting input).
To change size or location, tap [Resize
keyboard]. To restore the defaults, tap
[Standard], to save the change, tap
[Custom].
･
: Hide the software keyboard.
･
: Display the phonepad keyboard.
･
: Display the QWERTY keyboard.
･
: Display the Japanese syllabary
keyboard.
･
: Display the Kana handwriting
input.
･
: Display the Kanji handwriting
input.
Japanese
syllabary
keyboard
Keyboard with keys arranged in the
order of Japanese syllabary.
Kana
handwriting
input
Trace characters on the Kana
handwriting area to enter Hiragana,
Alphabet, Number, a part of
symbols by handwriting.
Kanji
handwriting
input
Input Hiragana, Kanji, Katakana,
Alphabet, Number, a part of
symbols by tracing characters on
Kanji handwriting area without
switching input mode.
Entering characters with
software keyboard
Phonepad keyboard
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
63
Before Using the Terminal
a
/
Enter characters by voice input with "docomo voice
input" or "Google voice typing". Tap a character
string from the candidates list.
Touch and hold or flick up
Plug-in application appears.
Touch and hold or flick up
The Kana handwriting input guide in the POBox
Touch User Guide (Japanese) activates and you can
view the detailed explanations for the handwriting
input.
Display the previous character (reverse order).
Appears after conversion is fixed to return to text
before conversion.
/
Appears when entering numbers, tap to switch one-
byte/two-byte character.
/ /
Appears in alphanumerics input mode, tap to switch
lower case, capitalization and upper case.
For the Japanese syllabary keyboard, available types
of symbols are also switched
Appears in Hiragana/Kanji input mode. Switch
upper/lower case or add voiced sound/semi-voiced
sound.
Appears in alphanumerics input mode, tap to switch
upper case and lower case.
Appears before fixing character in Hiragana/Kanji
input mode and displays alphanumeric or katakana
conversion candidates (QWERTY keyboard only).
When entering numbers, enter symbols or
facemarks from the list (Kana handwriting input
only).
QWERTY keyboard
g
c
a
d
b
f
e
h
Japanese syllabary keyboard
g
a
c
d
b
f
e
h
Kana handwriting input
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
Kanji handwriting input
g
a
i
b
f
e
h
64
Before Using the Terminal
b
Move the cursor to the left.
c
/
The character mode switches "Hiragana/Kanji/
Alphabets"
→
"Number" in order.
For QWERTY keyboard, Japanese syllabary keyboard,
the character mode switches "Hiragana/Kanji/
Alphabets"
→
"Number/Symbol" in order.
/ Touch and hold or flick up
Enter symbols or facemarks from the list.
Appears before fixing character in Hiragana/Kanji
input mode and displays alphanumeric or katakana
conversion candidates.
d
/
The character mode switches "Hiragana/Kanji"
→
"Alphabets" in order.
e
Delete the character before the cursor.
f
Move the cursor to the right.
When there is an unfixed character string with the
cursor at the right end, tap to enter the same
character as the one at the end (Except for Kanji
handwriting input).
g
Enter spaces.
/
In Hiragana/Kanji input mode, highlight and select
word in conversion candidates.
Touch and hold or flick up
In Hiragana/Kanji input mode, activate online
dictionary to display in conversion candidates.
Display direct conversion candidates when entering
characters.
h
Enter a line feed.
*
Appears before fixing character and fixes the
character.
* In some screens, , "
次へ
(Next)", "
完了
(Done)", "
実行
(Go)", etc. appear.
i
/
Enter symbols or facemarks from the list.
Touch and hold or flick up
The Kanji handwriting input guide in the POBox
Touch User Guide (Japanese) activates and you can
view the detailed explanations for the Kanji
handwriting input.
Touch and hold or flick up
When inputting character, activate online dictionary
to display in conversion candidates.
65
Before Using the Terminal
❖
Information
･
Displayed icons vary by keyboard.
･
For Kana handwriting input, you can enter the next
character on the entered character.
･
Note the following when you use Kana handwriting
input.
- For voiced sound and semi voiced sound mark,
enter in the right upper part of the input screen.
- For punctuation mark and lower case, enter in the
lower part from the center of the input screen.
- For entering alphabet, use the lower horizontal line
of the input screen as the base.
･
For Kanji handwriting input, tap an icon at the upper
left of entered character to display candidates for the
entered character. Recognized character is displayed
in light blue and characters are displayed under the
candidates in different colors by type.
･
For Kanji handwriting input, the following operations
are available.
- When entering 2 or more characters and tapping
the icon at the upper left, appears. Tap to
combine entered 2 characters to 1 character.
- When entering characters, tap to delete
entered characters.
･
Note the following when you use Kanji handwriting
input.
- For voiced sound and semi voiced sound mark,
enter in the right upper part of the input screen.
- For punctuation mark and lower case, enter in the
lower part from the center of the input screen.
･
To set online dictionary, in Hiragana/Kanji input
mode, touch and hold or flick it up
u
[OK]
u
Mark
"Online dictionary"
u
Tap [Agree]. It can also be set
from the setting screen for Xperia
™
Japanese
keyboard (P.67).
Entering characters on the phonepad
keyboard
■
Flick input
Flick up/down/left/right to enter characters
in each column of kana syllabary.
･
Ex: Entering characters in "
な
" column
You can enter "
な
" only by tapping. Flick
left for "
に
", up for "
ぬ
", right for "
ね
" and
down for "
の
".
■
Toggle entry
Tap the same key continuously to enter the
assigned character.
To enter characters assigned to the same
key continuously, operate the followings.
･
Ex: To enter "
あお
"
a
Tap "
あ
" once.
bu
Tap "
あ
" 5 times.
･
Ex: To enter "ca"
a
Tap "abc" 3 times.
b
*
c
Tap "abc" once.
* In some applications, tap in Step
b
.
66
Before Using the Terminal
In the character entry screen such as
phonebook and note, double-tap character
you want to edit so that text edit menu
appears at the top of the screen. Drag or
to change the character string to select.
❖
Information
･
To paste a copied or cut character string, touch and
hold a position where you want to insert
u
Tap
[PASTE]. When text is already entered, tap a position
where you want to insert
uu
Tap [PASTE].
･
Edit menu icons vary by applications.
･
In the landscape screen, editing menu may not be
displayed.
･
On some applications, the function may not be
available.
For each input method, you can make
settings related to character entry.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Language &
input].
2
on "Google voice typing"/
"Moji-Henshu"/"Xperia
™
Chinese
keyboard"/"Xperia
™
Japanese
keyboard"/"Xperia
™
keyboard".
･
Tap an item displayed on the screen to
set.
❖
Information
･
The items vary depending on the input method.
･
Alternatively, while entering characters, drag the
status bar downwards
u
Tap [Choose input
method]
u
[Set up input methods]
u
for each
input method to display.
Editing text
(Select all)
Select all entered text.
(Cut)
Cut a selected character string.
(Copy)
Copy a selected character string.
(Paste)
Paste a copied/cut character
string.
(Complete)
Close the edit menu.
Setting character entry
67
Before Using the Terminal
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Language &
input].
2
of "Xperia
™
Japanese
keyboard".
❖
Information
･
Alternatively, while entering characters, drag the
status bar downwards
u
[Choose input method]
u
[Set up input methods]
u
of "Xperia
™
Japanese
keyboard" to display the setting screen.
Setting Xperia
™
Japanese
keyboard
Keyboard Setup
Change basic settings of
Xperia
™
Japanese
keyboard following the
guide.
On-screen keyboard
settings
P. 6 8
Input support
P. 7 0
Keyboard skin
Change software keyboard
skin.
Manage extensions
Set whether to use plug-in
applications or install plug-
in application to add.
Use preinstalled plug-in
application, "Contact Picker
2.3", to enter contact
information (P.71).
Dictionaries My words
Japanese
P. 7 1
My words
English
Learn
words
Learn words selected from
the conversion candidates
to display as the preferred
candidate when entering
characters.
Online
dictionary
Set whether to activate
online dictionary to display
in conversion candidates in
Hiragana/Kanji input mode
(while inputting character
for Kanji handwriting
input).
Back up &
restore
Back up and restore user
dictionary and Learn
words.
Backup data is not saved in
microSD card.
POBox Touch User
Guide
View the detailed
explanations of Xperia
™
Japanese keyboard. The
latest information can be
obtained from the websites
for extensions or keyboard
skins.
68
Before Using the Terminal
On-screen keyboard settings
Keep keyboard type
Set whether to
keep the last status
of keyboard
(phonepad/
QWERTY/Japanese
syllabary keyboard/
Kana handwriting
input/Kanji
handwriting input)
for the portrait/
landscape screen
and kana/
alphabet/number
input mode
respectively.
Resize keyboard
Explain how to
adjust keyboard
size and position in
the portrait screen.
QWERTY
KEYBOARD
SETTINGS
Show numeric
keys
Set whether to
display numeric
keypad in Kana/
Alphanumeric
input mode.
Choose key
type
P. 6 9
Hide keys
Set not to display
less-frequently-
used keys on the
QWERTY keyboard.
Keyboard
customization
P. 7 0
PHONEPAD
SETTINGS
Flick input
Set whether to use
flick input.
Sensitivity of
flick input
Change sensitivity
when Flick input is
used.
Multitap text
input
Set whether to use
Multitap text input.
KANJI
HANDWRITING
SETTINGS
Auto scrolling
Set whether to
automatically scroll
when the
characters are
entered up to the
right edge.
COMMON ON-
SCREEN
KEYBOARD
SETTINGS
Sound on
keypress
Set whether to
sound at the time
of key tapping.
Volume for Sound
on keypress is
linked to "Ringtone
& notifications"
(P.153) of volume in
Volumes.
Vibration on
keypress
Set whether to
vibrate when the
key is tapped.
Vibration
intensity
Set vibration
intensity by
dragging the slider
left or right when
"Vibration on
keypress" is set.
Pop-up on
keypress
Set whether to
magnify tapped
key or display flick
guide.
69
Before Using the Terminal
Selecting an assistant keyboard
When you enter in Hiragana/Kanji input
mode using the QWERTY keyboard, you can
change the assistant keyboard to make the
frequent using keys to be displayed widely
for easy tapping.
1
On a character entry screen, touch
and hold or flick it up.
2u
[On-screen keyboard
settings]
u
[Choose key type].
3
[OK].
COMMON ON-
SCREEN
KEYBOARD
SETTINGS
Full screen
mode
Set whether to
display text display
area in the full
screen mode in
landscape screen.
No. of lines
(portrait)
Set number of lines
for conversion
candidates
displayed in
portrait screen.
No. of lines
(landscape)
Set number of lines
for conversion
candidates
displayed in
landscape screen.
Wide
Widen frequent using key for easy
tapping.
Highlight
Widen frequent using key and
highlight the key that is predicted
for the next entry.
Dynamic
Widen the key that is predicted for
the next entry much further and
highlight it.
Standard
Display equally the width of each
key. Settings of "Hide keys" (P.68) are
not valid and all keys are shown.
70
Before Using the Terminal
Customizing keyboard
You can change symbols which are displayed
in QWERTY keyboard when entering number
to desired characters/symbols.
1
On a character entry screen, touch
and hold or flick it up.
2u
[On-screen keyboard
settings]
u
[Keyboard
customization].
3
Tap a symbol you want to
change
u
Delete character
previously set, then enter a
character to display
u
[OK].
･
Only one character (two-byte or one-
byte character) can be set.
4
[OK].
❖
Information
･
To return to the default status, in Step 3, tap
u
[Reset]
u
[OK].
You can set support functions for character
input such as Word suggestion function,
Setting voice input.
❖
Information
･
Flick or drag down the word suggestion area to
widen the displaying area. Tap [
前候補
(Previous
suggestion)]/[
次候補
(Next suggestion)]/[
確定
(Fix)]
to select/fix characters. To show the software
keyboard, tap [
戻る
(Back)] or .
Input support
Word suggestions
Set whether to use Word
suggestions.
Voice typing
Set voice input to "docomo
voice input" or "Google
voice typing".
AUTO
CORRECT
Auto
capitalization
Set whether to capitalize
automatically the top letter
you enter in one-byte
alphabet entry mode
(except for Kana
handwriting input and
Kanji handwriting input).
Spell check
Set whether to correct
typing error and show
conversion candidates
when entering one-byte
alphabet characters with
QWERTY keyboard or
Japanese syllabary
keyboard.
Auto space
Set whether to
automatically enter a space
after a word when the
word is selected from
English word suggestion
(except for Kanji
handwriting input).
71
Before Using the Terminal
･
In Hiragana/Kanji input mode (in inputting character
when using Kanji handwriting input), tap [
直変
(Direct conversion)]/[
予測
(Prediction)] in the word
suggestion field to display direct conversion
candidates/predicted conversion candidates.
･
The beginning of sentence may not be capitalized in
one-byte alphabet entry mode when "Auto
capitalization" is marked.
You can use or add extensions when entering
characters.
Using Contact Picker 2.3
If contacts are registered to the Contacts, you
can use "Contact Picker 2.3" to enter contact
information when entering characters.
1
On a character entry screen, touch
and hold or flick it up.
･
For Kanji handwriting input, tap .
2u
[Contact Picker 2.3]
u
Tap
"Contacts" tab.
3
Tap the contact to pick up.
4
Mark items you want to
quote
u
[OK].
❖
Information
･
"History" tab displays contacts that are picked up
when entering characters.
To display the word as the preferred
candidate when entering characters, set the
user dictionary beforehand.
Registering words in user dictionaries
There are 2 types of user dictionaries: "My
words Japanese" and "My words English".
1
On a character entry screen, touch
and hold or flick it up.
･
For Kanji handwriting input, tap .
2u
[Dictionaries]
3
[My words Japanese]/[My words
English].
4u
[Add].
5
Tap the character input box for
"Reading"
u
Fill it out.
6
Tap input box for "Word"
u
Enter a
word
u
Tap [
完了
(Done)] on the
software keyboard.
7
[Save].
❖
Information
･
Words registered to My words English are not
displayed as conversion candidates in Kanji
handwriting mode.
･
To edit/delete, select an added user dictionary and
tap
u
[Edit]/[Delete] in Step 4.
Managing extensions
Dictionaries
72
docomo LIVE UX
docomo LIVE UX
Tapping
y
displays Home screen which
consists of up to 7 screens you can use
flicking left and right.
a
Widget : Google Search
b
Machi-chara
c
Application icon
d
Apps button
e
Wallpaper
f
Current home screen position
･
Flick the Home screen left or right to switch.
g
My Magazine (P.77)
Move application icons or add widgets or
folders to the Home screen.
1
Touch and hold an area of the
Home screen where no icons are
displayed.
2
Any of [Show apps]/[Show
widgets]/[Create folder]/[Machi-
Chara display setting].
･
To move/add applications or widgets,
touch and hold the icon
u
Drag it to the
Home screen display area at the
bottom of the screen.
･
When you tap [Machi-Chara display
setting] make display settings/basic
settings for Machi-chara.
❖
Information
･
To move applications into a folder, touch and hold an
icon
u
Drag it over a folder.
･
Tap a folder
u
Tap a folder name to changer the folder
name.
Home screen
a
b
c
c
dg
e
f
©NTT DOCOMO
"ひつじのしつじくん®
(Butler Sheep)"
Managing the Home
screen
Adding/Moving applications
etc. to the Home screen
73
docomo LIVE UX
1
From the Home screen, touch an
icon you want to move.
2
Drag it anywhere.
･
To move to another Home screen, keep
touching the icon and drag it to left or
right.
1
From the Home screen, touch and
hold an icon you want to delete.
2
Drag to "Back to apps list"/
"Remove form Home screen".
Uninstalling an application or widget
from the Home screen
･
Before uninstalling application, back up
contents related to the application or widget
that you want to save including data saved in
the application or widget.
･
Some applications or widgets may not be
uninstalled.
1
From the Home screen, touch and
hold an icon you want to uninstall.
2
Drag to "Uninstall"
u
[OK].
❖
Information
･
You can disable some applications or widget which
cannot be uninstalled by dragging to "Disable app"
in Step 2 (P.157).
1
Touch and hold an area of the
Home screen where no icons are
displayed.
2
[Change Kisekae].
3
Tap a Kisekae you want to
change
u
[Set].
❖
Information
･
Alternatively, from the Home screen,
uu
[Kisekae].
･
You can add Kisekae contents by tapping [Search on
the web] to download from website. To delete added
Kisekae contents, select a Kisekae to delete
u
[Delete]
u
[Delete].
Moving an icon on the Home
screen
Deleting an icon from the
Home screen
Changing Kisekae
74
docomo LIVE UX
1
Touch and hold an area of the
Home screen where no icons are
displayed.
2
[Change wallpaper].
3
Tap a wallpaper you want to
change.
･
Tap [See more wallpapers] to select
from "Album", "Live Wallpapers", or
"Xperia
™
wallpapers".
When you select "Album", select an
image
u
Drag etc. to adjust the cropping
frame
u
[Crop].
4
[For all screens]/[Just for this
screen]
u
[OK].
1
Touch and hold an area of the
Home screen where no icons are
displayed.
2
[Home screens].
3･
To delete home screen, tap of the
home screen thumbnail you want to
delete.
･
To sort home screens, touch and hold a
home screen thumbnail you want to
sort
u
Drag it to any position.
❖
Information
･
Alternatively, pinch-in on the Home screen to display
the home screen list.
･
Up to 7 home screen can be set.
･
To return to the Home screen, tap
y
or
x
or
pinch-out.
Changing wallpaper Adding a home screen
75
docomo LIVE UX
1
From the Home screen, .
･
Flick the Home screen downwards to
display the application screen.
a
Apps/Widgets/Wallpapers tab
･
Display application icons/widgets/wallpaper list.
b
Application icon list
･
Applications on the Home screen are not
displayed in the list.
c
Home screen display area
･
Flick left or right to switch.
d
Optional menu icon
･
View optional menu such as Settings.
e
Recommends button
･
Install applications recommended by DOCOMO
(P.76).
f
Current position in the list screen
･
Display by application icon/widget list.
❖
Information
･
To close the application screen, tap
x
or
y
, or
flick up the Home screen display area at the bottom
of the screen.
Moving/Adding an application or
widget to the Home screen
1
On the application screen, touch
and hold an icon you want to add
to the Home screen.
2
Drag it to the Home screen display
area at the bottom of the screen.
Uninstalling an application or widget
Some application icons and widgets can be
deleted from the application screen.
･
Before uninstalling an application or widget,
see "Uninstalling an application or widget
from the Home screen" (P.73).
1
On the application screen, touch
and hold an icon of application
you want to uninstall.
2
Drag to "Uninstall"
u
[OK].
❖
Information
･
You can disable some applications or widget which
cannot be uninstalled by dragging to "Disable app"
in Step 2 (P.157).
Application screen
b
d
f
e
a
c
Customizing the application
screen
76
docomo LIVE UX
Moving application in the
application icon list
1
On the application screen, touch
and hold an icon to move.
2
Drag it anywhere.
Search application installed into the terminal
to activate.
1
On the application screen,
u
[Search].
2
Enter application name to search.
･
Search suggestions appear as you enter
a character.
3
Tap an application name.
Set a location of application installed in the
terminal.
1
On the application screen,
u
[Apps layout setting].
2
[Home screen]/[Apps list]
u
[OK].
Install applications recommended by
DOCOMO.
1
On the application screen,
[Recommends].
2
[
おすすめアプリを見る
(See
recommended apps)].
3
Select an application to use.
･
Download screen appears. Follow the
onscreen instructions.
Searching for an application
Setting a location for installing
applications
Installing "Recommends"
applications
77
docomo LIVE UX
My Magazine is a search service for
displaying articles for categories you
selected. It helps to set search words
depending on your tendency of read articles
or profile information to come close to your
preference.
1
From the Home screen, .
･
Article list of My Magazine appears.
･
Alternatively, flick the Home screen up
to display the article list.
❖
Information
･
When you activate for the first time, a selection
screen for categories appears. Select categories, then
tap [OK].
･
On the article list, flicking left or right switches
categories. Tap each article to display the details
screen.
･
Tap [See more info] to show other articles in the
category.
Setting categories
1
From the Home screen,
uu
[My Magazine settings].
2
[Display category setting]
u
Mark
categories to show
u
[OK].
❖
Information
･
Tap [Set/Edit free word category] in Step 2 to add/
edit your favorite words as categories. Enter a
word
u
[OK]
u
Mark categories you want to add
u
Tap
[OK] to set them to My Magazine.
Setting My Magazine to show/hide
1
From the Home screen,
uu
[My Magazine
settings]
u
[My Magazine display
setting].
2
[Show]/[Hide]
u
[OK].
❖
Information
･
Alternatively, on the application screen,
u
Tap [My
Magazine display setting] to set to show/hide.
1
On the application screen,
u
[About].
Using My Magazine
Checking Home application
information
78
Phone
Phone
1
From the Home screen,
u
"Dial"
tab.
2
Enter a phone number
u
.
･
Tap to delete the number.
3
When the call is finished, [End call].
❖
Information
･
In Step 2, tap without entering a phone number
to enter the phone number registered as the latest
call in Recent calls.
･
To activate Xperia
™
phone application, from the
Home screen, tap
u
[Dial].
･
To set to show the displayed screen for the first by
tapping on the Home screen, from the Home
screen,
uu
[Set start-up screen]. However,
depending on home application, the start-up screen
setting may not be reflected.
Emergency call
❖
Note
･
This terminal supports "Emergency call location
information". If you use the terminal to place a call to
emergency numbers such as 110, 119, or 118, the
information of a location where you are calling from
(location information) is automatically notified to the
Emergency call acceptance organization such as the
Police Station.
The Emergency call acceptance organization may not
be able to figure out your exact location depending
on the location where you place a call or radio wave
condition.
If you make a call hiding your caller ID, such as by
entering a phone number with "184" for each call, the
location information and phone number are not
notified. However, the Emergency call acceptance
organization may decide to obtain the location
information and phone number regardless of your
settings when they consider it is necessary for
lifesaving, etc. Note that the areas/time for which the
"Emergency call location information" is ready to be
used vary depending on the preparatory state of each
Emergency call acceptance organization.
･
When calling 110, 119 or 118 for emergency from the
terminal, tell that you are calling from a mobile
phone, and give your phone number and your
current location precisely for checking callback from
the police/fire department. Also, make a point to call
in a stationary position to prevent the call from being
dropped. Do not power off the terminal for at least
10 minutes after the emergency call just in case the
Police or Fire/Ambulance may have to get in contact
with you.
･
Note that you may not connect to the local Fire
Department or Police Station depending on where
you are calling from.
Making/Receiving a call
Making a call
Emergency call Phone
number
Police call
110
Fire and emergency rescue
119
Coast guard
118
79
Phone
❖
Information
･
If docomo mini UIM card is not inserted to the
terminal, emergency calls (110, 119, 118) cannot be
made in Japan.
･
You can make an emergency call by tapping
[Emergency call] on the lock screen. In Japan,
however, on the PIN code entry screen, while PIN
code locked or while PUK locked, emergency calls
(110, 119, 118) cannot be made.
･
If you call to emergency numbers with Call Blocking
is ON, the setting turns off automatically.
Entering pause (,)/(;) to send
For using services requiring entry of number
during a call such as check of the balance of a
bank account, reservation of tickets, etc.,
enter an additional number to a phone
number beforehand and make a call.
■
Using 2-second pause (,)
Added number will automatically be sent
approximately 2 seconds after the call is
made.
1
From the Home screen,
u
"Dial"
tab.
2
Enter a phone number
uu
[Add
2–sec pause]
u
Enter an additional
number
u
.
3
When the call is finished, [End call].
■
Using a wait (;)
Sending is automatically on standby when
the call is made and a confirmation screen
asking if you send the additional number
appears.
1
From the Home screen,
u
"Dial"
tab.
2
Enter a phone number
uu
[Add
wait]
u
Enter an additional number
u
.
3
On a confirmation screen [Yes].
4
When the call is finished, [End call].
Making an international call (WORLD
CALL)
For details on WORLD CALL, refer to
DOCOMO International Services website.
･
Send replacing "+" by an international access
code.
1
From the Home screen,
u
"Dial"
tab.
2
Dial + (touch and hold [0])
u
Enter
Country code, Area code (City
code), recipient number in the
order
u
.
80
Phone
･
When "Auto conversion" in
International dial assist is marked
(P.189), the international dial assist
screen appears when sending. Tap [Call
original] or [Call].
3
When the call is finished, [End call].
❖
Information
･
If the area code begins with "0", omit "0". However, "0"
may be required to dial to some countries or areas
such as Italy.
1
While receiving a call, drag
(left) to (right).
2
When the call is finished, [End call].
❖
Information
･
Even if the screen lock is set, you can answer a call by
the same operation.
Muting the ringtone for an incoming
call
1
While receiving a call, press the
volume key or
P
.
❖
Information
･
You can stop vibration by pressing the volume key or
P
when silent mode (vibration) is set.
･
On the Home screen etc., press the volume key to
adjust the ringtone volume.
Declining a call
1
While receiving a call, drag
(right) to (left).
❖
Information
･
Even if the screen lock is set, you can reject a call by
the same operation.
Declining an incoming call and
sending a message (SMS)
When you cannot answer a call, you can
reject the call and send a message (SMS).
Message to send is registered in advance, and
you can edit it if necessary.
1
Drag upwards when
receiving a call.
2
Tap a message to send.
･
Tap [Write new message] to create and
send a message.
Receiving a call
81
Phone
❖
Information
･
To edit existing message, from the Home screen, tap
uu
[Call settings]
u
[Reject call with
message]
u
Select an existing message and edit
it
u
[OK] in advance.
On the Calling screen, you can set
speakerphone or mute, or enter a phone
number to make a call to another party.
■
Calling screen
a
Call duration time
b
Name of the other party
c
Number of the other party
d
Photo/image set in the phonebook entry
e
Speaker : Set speakerphone on/off.
･
Other party's voice can be heard from the speaker
and handsfree call can be made.
･
When you switch to the other screen such as the
Home screen with the speakerphone on,
appears in the status bar.
f
Phonebook : View phonebook entry list screen
(P.86).
g
Option menu
h
Mute : Turn the microphone on/off during a call.
･
When you switch to the other screen such as the
Home screen with Mute on, appears in the
status bar.
i
Dial key : Send push signals or enter the phone
number you want to add to make a call.
･
Enter additional phone number
u
Tap to
make the ongoing call automatically on hold.
･
To add a call, "Call waiting" subscription is
required (P.84).
j
End a call
❖
Note
･
Do not bring the terminal close to your ear with the
speakerphone on to avoid from hearing damage.
❖
Information
･
When you switch the another screen such as Home
screen etc. during a call, appears on the status
bar. Drag the status bar
u
Tap [Ongoing call] to
display the calling screen.
Using optional menu
1
On the calling screen, .
Operations during a call
a
j
i
c
d
h
b
g
e
f
Hold
Tap [Retrieve call] during Hold to
cancel Hold.
To set a call on hold, "Call waiting"
subscription is required (P.84).
Equalizer
Adjust sound quality during a call.
Slow talk
Slow the caller’s talking speed to
make the call to be heard slowly.
82
Phone
Adjusting the earpiece volume
1
Press the volume key during a call.
Incoming call and outgoing call are displayed
by chronological order in the Recent calls
screen.
Up to 500 items can be displayed.
1
From the Home screen,
u
"Recent calls" tab.
■
Recent calls screen
a
Incoming tab
b
Phone number/name
c
History icons
: Missed call
: Incoming call
: Outgoing call
d
All tab
e
Outgoing tab
f
Call status icons
: Caller ID notified
: Caller ID hidden
･
It appears when prefix "186" (Notify)/"184" (Not
notify) is entered to a phone number to make a
call, or when you enter a phone
number
uu
[Caller ID notification]
u
Tap
[Notify]/[Not notify] to make a call.
g
Direct call button
: Call
: Koe-no-Takuhaibin
･
For details on Koe-no-Takuhaibin, refer to "Koe-
no-Takuhaibin" (P.84) or NTT DOCOMO website.
h
Date
i
Phonebook
Adding a number from the Recent
calls to Phonebook
1
From the Home screen,
u
"Recent calls" tab
u
Tap a
phone number
u
[Add
Phonebook].
･
Alternatively, touch and hold a phone
number
u
[Edit number before
call]
u
[Add Phonebook].
2
Tap [Register new] or select a
phonebook entry to add.
3
On the Profile screen, enter
necessary information such as
name.
Call history
Showing call history
a
b
c
e
g
i
d
h
f
83
Phone
･
To add an item, tap of "Others"
u
Tap [Add].
4
[Save].
Deleting a call history
1
From the Home screen,
u
"Recent calls" tab
u
Touch and
hold a incoming/outgoing history
you want to delete.
2
[Delete from call log]
u
[OK].
❖
Information
･
To delete all call logs, on the Recent calls screen, tap
"Incoming" tab/"All" tab/"Outgoing" tab
uu
[Delete all]
u
[OK].
When you have missed calls, appears in
the status bar.
1
Drag the status bar downwards.
2
[Missed call].
❖
Information
･
When there is a missed call, you can make a call or
send message (SMS) to the caller of the missed call
from "Call back"/"Message" below "Missed call" in the
Notification panel.
For multiple missed calls, number of calls appears
below "Missed call".
･
An icon appears on the lock screen to show that you
have missed calls and a number of those.
When Answering Machine is set, the
answering message is played when you
cannot answer an incoming call and message
from the caller can be recorded even if you
are not subscriber of Voice Mail Service. Up to
approximately 60 seconds per one can be
recorded.
1
From the Home screen,
u
.
2
[Call settings]
u
[Answering
Machine].
❖
Information
･
When recorded messages is recorded, appears
on the status bar. Drag the status bar down
u
Tap
[Answering Machine] to display the Messages screen.
You can check the recorded messages.
･
To delete recorded message, touch and hold a
message
u
Tap [Delete]/[Delete All]
u
[OK].
Displaying missed calls
Answering Machine
Answering
Machine
Set whether to use Answering
Machine.
Pick up after
Set a ringing time for answering.
Greetings
Switch answering message
language to Japanese or English.
Messages
Check recorded messages.
84
Phone
You can set the network services, register call
rejection or edit Reject call with message.
1
From the Home screen,
u
.
2
[Call settings].
Call settings
Network
service
Koe-no-
Takuhaibin
Record voice messages
for you.
Voice mail
service
Record caller's message
when you cannot
answer an incoming
call.
Call
forwarding
service
Transfer call when you
cannot answer an
incoming call.
Call
Waiting
Put the current call on
hold and answering an
incoming call or making
a call to another party.
Caller ID
notification
Notify the display of the
recipient phone of your
phone number.
Nuisance
call
blocking
service
Register phone
numbers of nuisance
call to reject.
Network
Service
Caller ID
display
request
service
Request number
notification for calls
without phone number
with guidance.
Second call
settings
Set action for a second
call.
Call
notification
Notify incoming calls by
message (SMS) while
the power is off or you
are out of service area.
English
guidance
Switch the voice
guidance to English or
Japanese.
Remote
operation
settings
Set to operate Voice
Mail Service or Call
forwarding Service
using land-line phone,
public phone or
DOCOMO mobile
phone, etc.
Public
mode
(power
OFF)
setting
While the terminal is
OFF or in Airplane
mode, a guidance
message indicating that
the receiver cannot
answer the call is heard
on the caller's terminal
and then the call ends.
Roaming
settings
Set to reject incoming calls overseas
or use roaming guidance (P.188).
85
Phone
* Recording is not available if a docomo mini UIM card
is not attached.
Advanced call
settings
Sub
address
settings
Set whether " " in
phone number is
identified as a sub
address separator.
Prefix
settings
Register a prefix
number added before
phone number when
making a call.
Call
Blocking
Set whether to reject
incoming calls for
numbers not in the
phonebook, private, pay
phone and unknown.
Sound &
Vibration
settings
Phone
ringtone
Set ringtone (P.153).
Vibrate
when
ringing
Set whether to sound
ringtone and vibrate
the terminal when there
is an incoming call.
Dial pad
touch
tones
Set whether to emit
dialpad operation
sound.
Answering
Machine
P. 8 3
Reject call
with message
Edit/set a message (SMS) to be sent
when rejecting an incoming call
(P.80).
Contact
docomo
*
Make a call to General Inquiries,
inquiries for damage, theft or loss
overseas or damage overseas.
Microphone
noise
suppression
Make the voice clear to understand
for the other party during a call.
Equalizer
Adjust sound quality during a call.
Speaker voice
enhancement
Make a voice clear to understand
during a call.
Slow talk
Slow the caller’s talking speed to
make the call to be heard slowly.
Accounts
Set Internet phone (SIP) account.
Use Internet
calling
Set Internet phone (SIP) call method.
86
Phone
On the phonebook, you can enter various
information for contacts, for example, phone
numbers, mail addresses and various service
accounts.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo phonebook]
u
"Contacts"
tab.
･
The phonebook list screen appears.
❖
Information
･
To use cloud service for the phonebook, "docomo
phonebook" application is needed. When you use
"docomo phonebook" for the first time (including
after resetting the application), "Use of Cloud" screen
appears and you can log in to Cloud.
･
From the Home screen,
u
Tap [Phonebook] to
display the phonebook list.
･
Phonebook data can be backed up in a microSD card
using "docomo backup" application (P.140).
･
From the Home screen,
u
Tap [Contacts] to
activate Xperia
™
phonebook.
■
Phonebook list screen
On the phonebook list screen, you can view
details of your contacts. You can add a
photo or image to a phonebook entry, and
display phonebook entries by group.
a
Contacts tab
b
Name registered in the phonebook entry
c
Entry items
･
Icons indicate entry items.
d
Photo/image set in the phonebook entry
･
Tap a photo/image to make a call or send a
message (SMS) or mail.
e
Register
f
Groups
･
Display the phonebook group. Tap [Close] to end
the group display.
g
Timeline tab
･
Display tweet or message on SNS/blog. To
display, log in to Cloud and set "My SNS" function.
Phonebook
Displaying phonebook
l
a
g h
c
d
b
f
e
j
i
k
m
87
Phone
h
Cloud
･
Log in to/out from cloud.
i
Option menu
j
My profile tab
･
Check your own phone number.
k
Index character area
･
Tap index character to display phonebook entries
allocated to the index character.
l
Index
･
Display the index character to search entries in
the order of Japanese syllabary, alphabet, etc.
m
Search
Adding a new phonebook entry
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo phonebook]
u
"Contacts"
tab
u
[Register].
2
On the Profile screen, enter
necessary information such as
name.
･
To add an item, tap in
"Others"
u
Tap [Add].
3
[Save].
❖
Information
･
To check number of registered contacts, on the
contacts list,
u
[Settings]
u
[About].
･
When you save "Phonetic name (first/last)",
phonebook list is displayed according to Japanese
syllabary order or alphabets order of "Phonetic
name". If you do not enter in "Phonetic name", to add
phonebook entry, the name appear in "ABC" field on
the phonebook list screen.
･
If docomo account is selected as saving location
when registering phonebook entries, SNS/blog
accounts can be set.
･
To set a phone number or address as a default
number or address when several phone numbers or
mail addresses are registered, on the Profile screen,
touch and hold a phone number or mail
address
u
[Make default number]/[Make default
address].
Making a call using the phonebook
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo phonebook]
u
"Contacts"
tab
u
Select a phonebook entry
you want to make a call to.
2
On the Profile screen, tap a phone
number.
3
[Call].
Managing phonebook
88
Phone
Setting phonebook entries to Groups
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo phonebook]
u
"Contacts"
tab
u
[Groups].
2
Touch and hold a phonebook entry
to set a group
u
Drag it to any
group.
❖
Information
･
To close the group display, tap [Close].
･
To remove from the group, touch and hold a
phonebook entry you want to remove from the
group
u
Drag it over the set group.
･
When you set Google account etc., display groups by
account. You can set/cancel group in the same
account.
Creating a new group in the
phonebook
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo phonebook]
u
"Contacts"
tab
u
[Groups]
u
[Add].
･
When "Add" is not displayed, flick up
groups to display.
2
On the group addition screen,
enter color, icon, group
name
u
[OK].
･
The items vary depending on the
account type.
❖
Information
･
Newly added group can be edited/deleted. To edit/
delete a group, touch and hold a group
u
Tap [Edit
group]/[Delete group].
Editing a phonebook entry
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo phonebook]
u
"Contacts"
tab
u
Select a phonebook entry to
edit.
2
On the Profile screen, [Edit].
3
Select a required item and edit.
･
Tap [Add] to set phone number or mail
address, or tap [Del] to delete the set
information.
4
[Save].
❖
Information
･
You cannot edit contacts for the Facebook account.
89
Phone
Registering a phonebook entry to
Favorites
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo phonebook]
u
"Contacts"
tab
u
Select a phonebook entry to
add to Favorites.
2
On the Profile screen, tap .
❖
Information
･
Phonebook entries saved to the docomo account/
Google account can be added to Favorites.
･
To display phonebook entries added to Favorites, on
the phonebook list screen, tap [Groups]
u
[Favorites].
Using optional menu
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo phonebook]
u
"Contacts"
tab
u
Phonebook list screen/Profile
screen
u
.
■
Phonebook list screen
*1 Appeared when you do not log in to cloud.
*2 Appeared when you log in to cloud.
■
Profile screen
Delete
Select and delete several/all
phonebook entries.
Login to cloud
*1
Log in to cloud.
Logout from cloud
*2
Log out from cloud.
Cloud menu
*2
Display cloud menu.
Import/Export
P. 9 0
Settings Internationa
l use setting
for docomo
phonebook
Set for using docomo
phonebook overseas.
docomo ID/
Wi-Fi setting
Set for using docomo
services via Wi-Fi.
Contacts
display
order
Set display order of
phonebook entries.
Account to
display
Set a phonebook to be
displayed in the phonebook
list screen.
About
Display version etc. of
docomo phonebook.
Help
Display Help of docomo
phonebook.
Share
Send a displayed phonebook
entry with Bluetooth function,
Email, etc.
Delete
Delete a displayed phonebook
entry.
Set ringtone
Set a ringtone for displayed
phonebook entry.
Join/Separate
Join/separate displayed
phonebook entry.
SNS/contacts link
settings
When My SNS is set, link a
displayed phonebook entry
with friends on SNS.
90
Phone
Checking My profile and editing
information
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo phonebook]
u
"My
profile" tab
u
[Edit].
2
On the My profile screen, enter
necessary information such as
name.
3
[Save].
❖
Information
･
Name card data created with name card creator
application can be saved to My profile and be
exchanged via network. When you use for the first
time, in the phonebook list screen, tap the "My
profile" tab
u
Tap [Create new] and follow the
onscreen instructions.
You can export/import phonebook entries
from/to a microSD card or docomo mini UIM
card. This is useful, for example, when you
want to move the contact information to
another phone.
･
You can also use a synchronization service for
synchronizing your phonebook (P.146).
･
Insert a microSD card in advance (P.169).
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo phonebook]
u
"Contacts"
tab
uu
[Import/Export].
2
Select an item.
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
･
When [Share phonebook data] is
tapped, select an application to send.
❖
Information
･
To export phonebook entries to docomo mini UIM
card, use "Contacts" app of Xperia
™
. Note that only
name and the first phone number can be saved
because of memory space of docomo mini UIM card.
For some phonebook entries, a part of data may not
be exported.
Importing/Exporting
phonebook entries
91
Mail/Web browser
Mail/Web browser
Send/receive mails using DOCOMO mail
address (@docomo.ne.jp).
Sent/received mails are saved in cloud. You
can view the same mail on the multiple
devices or transfer mail data easily when
changing model. Pictograms and Deco-mail
can be used, and automatic reception also is
supported. For details of docomo mail, refer
to NTT DOCOMO website.
1
From the Home screen, .
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
❖
Information
･
docomo mail (local mail) data can be backed up in a
microSD card using "docomo backup" application
(P.140).
You can send and receive text messages up
to 70 two-byte characters (up to 160 one-
byte characters) with a mobile phone
number as the destination.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Messaging].
2
(Write new).
3
Enter the recipients phone
number.
･
Tap
u
[Add recipient] to select from
registered contacts. Enter in the search
box at the top of the screen to display
the contact list.
4
[Write message]
u
Enter a message.
･
Tap
u
[Select message template] to
enter by selecting message template
(P.93).
･
When the number of entered
characters comes close to a limit, a
number of enterable characters
appears on the right of the text box.
5
[Send].
docomo mail Message (SMS)
Sending message (SMS)
92
Mail/Web browser
❖
Information
･
You can also send/receive text messages to/from
customers of overseas network operators. For details,
see "Mobile Phone User's Guide [International
Services]" or the DOCOMO International Services
website.
･
To send SMS to users of overseas network operators,
enter "+", "Country code" and then "the recipient
mobile phone number". Enter the phone number
without a leading "0", if any. Alternatively, enter "010",
"Country code" then "the recipient mobile phone
number" in order.
To reply to the received message (SMS) overseas, you
need to create a new message (SMS). To send a
message, in Step 3, enter "010", "Country code" then
"the recipient mobile phone number" in order.
Sent/received message (SMS) is displayed in
thread by recipient/sender.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Messaging].
･
Senders with unread messages (SMS)
are displayed in bold font.
2
Select a sender whose messages
(SMS) you want to read.
❖
Information
･
When you receive a message (SMS), appears on
the status bar. Drag the status bar downwards to
read the received message (SMS).
･
Tap / in a message (SMS) to add star. To
check starred messages (SMS) in a list, from the
Home screen, tap
u
[Messaging]
uu
[Starred
messages].
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Messaging].
2
Tap of a phone number to
save
u
[Save].
3
Select [Create new contact] or a
phonebook to add.
4
On the My profile screen, enter
necessary information such as
name
u
[Done].
❖
Information
･
For a sender registered to the phonebook, tap or
photo (image) in Step 2 to make a call or display the
phonebook entry.
Reading message (SMS)
Saving phone number of
message (SMS) to phonebook
93
Mail/Web browser
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Messaging].
2
Tap a sender/recipient whose
messages (SMS) to delete.
3
Touch and hold a message (SMS) to
delete.
4
[Delete message]
u
[Delete].
❖
Information
･
To delete several messages (SMS), in Step 3,
u
[Delete messages]
u
Mark messages (SMS) you
want to delete
uu
[Delete].
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Messaging].
2
Touch and hold a sender/recipient
you want to delete.
3u
[Delete].
❖
Information
･
To messages from several senders and recipients, in
Step 2,
u
[Delete conversations]
u
Mark senders
and recipients you want to delete
uu
[Delete].
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Messaging].
2u
[Settings].
* While the silent mode (mute) is set, the terminal does
not vibrate when receiving a message (SMS).
Deleting a message (SMS)
Deleting messages (SMS) by
sender/recipient
Changing settings for
Messaging (SMS)
Notification
tone
Set ringtone when receiving.
Notifications
Set whether to show message (SMS)
arrival notification in the status bar.
Notification
vibration
*
Set whether to vibrate when
receiving.
Notification
light
Set whether to notify with the
notification LED when receiving.
Delivery report
Set whether to mark a message
(SMS) you sent each time a recipient
receives the message (SMS).
Message
templates
Register/edit phrase to be inserted
when entering message.
SIM messages
Manage messages (SMS) saved to
docomo mini UIM card.
Push settings
Set a message (SMS) sent from the
provider.
SMS center
number
Check SMS center number.
94
Mail/Web browser
You can create a POP3 or IMAP compatible
email account provided by general ISP
(provider), or an Exchange ActiveSync
account to send or receive email.
You can set multiple Email accounts.
Set an Email account following the onscreen
instructions.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Email].
･
To set second or later Email account,
from the Home screen, tap
u
[Email]
u
[Inbox]
u
[Add account].
2
Enter your email address and
password.
･
After setting of second or later Email
account, mark "Send email from this
account by default." if required.
3
[Next].
･
To set up an email account manually,
tap [Manual setup] and follow the
onscreen instructions.
4
Set check frequency
u
Mark
required items
u
[Next].
･
If a screen for selecting type of account
appears, tap an email account type and
follow the onscreen instructions to set.
5
Enter account name and name
displayed on emails you
send
u
[Next].
･
Inbox for set email account appears.
❖
Information
･
If you need to make the settings manually, contact
your email service provider or system administrator
for the correct email account settings.
･
If you set an Exchange ActiveSync account as an
email account, and if server manager sets Remote
wipe, the data saved in the terminal may be deleted.
Email
Making initial setting for Email
95
Mail/Web browser
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Email].
2
(Compose).
3
Enter the email address of
recipient.
･
Tap to select from the registered
contacts. Enter in the search box at the
top of the screen to display the contact
list.
･
To enter multiple email addresses
directly, separate with a comma (,) and
then enter the next email address.
･
To add Cc or Bcc recipients, tap
u
[Show Cc/Bcc].
4
Enter a subject and message.
5
[Send].
❖
Information
･
To attach a file, while creating an email, tap and
attach a file.
･
To save an email as draft, when creating an email, tap
u
[Save as draft] or display other screen.
･
In sent/received emails, a communication data is also
included other than text and image displayed on the
screen and charges will apply to the data.
･
Email is handled as an email from a PC. Your email
cannot be received if rejecting emails from PCs is set
on a recipient terminal.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Email].
･
If you have already set several Email
account, tap [Inbox]
u
Select an Email
account to receive.
2
On the Inbox tray, .
3
Tap an email you want to read.
❖
Information
･
The sender name of a received email is the name set
on sender's terminal.
･
If you set "Email notifications" in Account settings
(P.97) and set "Inbox check frequency" to an item
other than "Manual", appears in the status bar
when you receive a new email. Drag the status bar
downwards to read the received email.
･
Tap an address of received email to register the
address to the phonebook. For addresses already
registered, displaying phonebook entries, creating
mail, etc. are available.
･
In the Inbox or the email message screen, tap /
to add star and the email is added to
"Starred" folder. To check starred emails in a list, in the
Inbox, [Inbox]
u
[Show all folders]
u
Tap [Starred].
Creating and sending email Receiving and reading email
96
Mail/Web browser
Changing Inbox view
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Email].
2
Tap
u
[Settings]
u
[General]
u
[Preview pane].
3
[Landscape].
❖
Information
･
If you have two or more accounts, change made in
any of the accounts applies to all accounts.
･
To switch to the landscape view, turn Auto rotate
screen on beforehand (P.41).
Saving attachment file of email
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Email].
2
Tap an email with attached files.
･
When attached file is not loaded, tap
[Load].
3
Tap [Save] of file you want to save.
･
The attached file is saved on the
internal storage.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Email].
2
Tap an email to reply or
forward
u
Any of (Reply)/
(Reply all)/ (Forward).
･
When you tap , enter an email
address to forward to.
3
Enter a message.
4
[Send].
❖
Information
･
To quote original message text, tap [Respond inline].
･
When you forward an email, the attachment file of
the original message is attached. To delete attached
file, tap .
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Email].
2
Tap an email to delete.
3u
[Delete].
❖
Information
･
To delete several emails, in Step 2, mark several
emails
uu
[Delete].
Replying/Forwarding email
Deleting email
97
Mail/Web browser
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Email].
2u
[Settings].
3
Tap an Email account you want to
change the settings for.
Changing Email account
settings
Account name
Change account
name.
Your name
Change your name
(sender name).
Signature
Change your
signature.
Quick reply
Register phrase that
can be inserted
when creating an
email.
Default account
Set whether the
account is the
default account for
creating emails.
DATA USAGE Inbox check
frequency
Set whether to
check new
messages
automatically and
intervals of
automatic check.
Auto
download
attachments
*1
Set whether to
download attached
file automatically
when connecting
via Wi-Fi.
Pre-download
emails
Set whether to
download whole
email including the
message text before
the email is opened.
NOTIFICATION
SETTINGS
Email
notifications
Set whether to show
email arrival
notification in the
status bar.
Select
ringtone
Set ringtone when
receiving.
Vibrate
*2
Set whether to
vibrate when
receiving.
Notification
light
Set whether to
notify with the
notification LED
when receiving.
SERVER SETTINGS
Set incoming/
outgoing server.
SECURITY
Select certifications,
set digital signature
or encryption.
98
Mail/Web browser
*1 Appears when Gmail account (@gmail.com) is set.
*2 While the silent mode (mute) is set, the terminal
does not vibrate when receiving an email.
❖
Information
･
The items vary depending on the account type.
･
If you set "Inbox check frequency" to an item other
than "Manual", and if you are using the pay-as-you-go
data communication, you may be charged every
time you check email.
･
If you tap [General] in Step 3, you can change whole
"Email" app settings.
Set a Google account. You can use Gmail to
send and receive emails.
･
If you do not set a Google account, set
following the onscreen instructions (P.165).
･
If you do not synchronize Gmail after Google
account is set, "Account not synced" screen
appears. Follow the onscreen instructions.
❖
Information
･
For details on Gmail, from the Home screen, tap
u
[Gmail]
uu
[Help].
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Gmail].
2
(Write new).
3
Enter the email address of
recipient.
･
When you enter a name or email
address in the email address field,
contacts matched to the entered
numbers or letters are listed.
･
To add Cc or Bcc recipients, tap
u
[Add Cc/Bcc].
4
Enter a subject and message.
5
(Send).
❖
Information
･
To attach a picture or a video, tap
u
[Attach
picture]/[Attach video]
u
Select a file to attach.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Gmail].
2u
[Refresh].
･
Synchronizing "Gmail" app in the
terminal with your Gmail account starts,
and the Inbox is refreshed.
Delete account
Delete Email
account.
Gmail
Sending Gmail
Refreshing Gmail
99
Mail/Web browser
It is a service with which you can receive
earthquake early warning, etc. delivered by
the Meteorological Agency.
･
Area Mail is a free service for which
subscription is not required.
･
Area Mail cannot be received in the following
case.
- During a voice call
- Out of service area
- While power is off
- During International roaming
-During Airplane mode
- While updating software
- Upgrading Android software
- When a SIM other than by DOCOMO is
inserted
- While sending/receiving a message (SMS)
･
Area Mail may not be received when
tethering is set or during packet
communications.
･
Area Mail that could not be received cannot
be received later.
A notification content screen appears and
you are notified by buzzer sound or
dedicated ringtone and vibration.
･
Ringtone and ringtone volume cannot be
changed.
･
The notification LED blinks only when
backlight is off.
1
Receive Area Mails automatically.
2
A dedicated ring tone sounds and
notification LED flashes when an
Area Mail is received.
3
A message body of Area Mail
appears automatically.
Viewing received Area Mail later
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Disaster kit].
･
For the first activation, on the
agreement screen of "Using this
application", tap [Agree].
2
[Early Warning "Area Mail"].
3
Select an Area Mail from the Area
Mail list.
Early Warning "Area Mail"
Receiving Early Warning "Area
Mail"
100
Mail/Web browser
❖
Information
･
If savable amount of Area Mail exceeds the limit of
maximum, the oldest one is deleted in order.
Deleting Area Mail
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Disaster kit].
2
[Early Warning "Area Mail"].
3
Mark Area Mail you want to
delete
u
[Delete]
u
[OK].
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Disaster kit].
2
[Early Warning "Area Mail"].
3u
[Settings].
Use "Browser" application to view web pages
like on a PC.
"Browser" application can be used via packet
communication or Wi-Fi network with the
terminal.
1
From the Home screen, .
2
Tap the web page address entry
field on the top of the screen.
･
When address entry field is not
displayed, flick down the screen to
display.
3
Enter a web page address or
keyword to search.
･
Tap for address entry field to enter
search words in voice sound.
･
As you enter an address or characters,
retrieved web pages list appears.
Setting Early Warning "Area
Mail"
Receive
setting
Set whether to receive Area Mail.
Beep tone
Set sounding time for Area Mail
reception and whether to sound a
dedicated ringtone even in silent
mode.
Check screen
image and
beep tone
Check the ringtone and screen for
reception of earthquake early warning,
tsunami warning or disaster/
evacuation information.
Other
settings
Set receiving/deleting Area Mail other
than earthquake early warning,
tsunami warning and disaster/
evacuation information.
Browser
Displaying web pages
101
Mail/Web browser
4
Select a candidate or [
実行
(Go)] on
the software keyboard.
･
To zoom-in/-out web pages, pinch-out/
-in or double-tap the screen.
･
To go back to the previous page, tap
x
.
❖
Information
･
To copy text on web page, touch and hold a text you
want to copy
u
Drag or to select a range of text
to copy
u
Tap (Copy).
Adding a new tab
Open multiple tabs and view web pages.
1
From the Home screen,
uu
.
Opening incognito tab
You can view web pages without browsing
history or search history.
1
From the Home screen,
uuu
[New incognito
tab].
2
Display a web page.
❖
Information
･
In incognito tab, is displayed on the left side of
address entry field.
･
Web pages you view in the incognito tab does not
appear in the history. When the tab is closed, the
record of Cookies etc. is erased. Downloaded files or
bookmarked web pages are saved even for the
incognito tab.
Changing tabs
1
From the Home screen,
uu
Tap a tab you want to
display.
Closing a tab
1
From the Home screen,
uu
Tap of the tab you
want to close.
･
Alternatively, flick a tab left or right to
close it.
Searching text for web page
1
From the Home screen,
uu
[Find on page].
2
Enter a search word.
･
Tap / to move to next/
previous matched item.
❖
Information
･
Tap to close the search bar.
102
Mail/Web browser
Set homepage, privacy and security, etc.
1
From the Home screen,
uu
[Settings].
2
Select an item to change.
Touch and hold a link or image in web page
to copy URL or save the image.
❖
Information
･
In some website, downloading of files etc. may not
be available.
You can check history, save bookmarks, etc.
Bookmarking a web page
1
From the Home screen,
u
Display a web page.
2u
[Save to bookmarks].
3
Set label etc.
u
[OK].
Opening a bookmark
1
From the Home screen,
uu
[Bookmarks].
2
Tap the bookmark you want to
open.
❖
Information
･
Touch and hold a bookmark to edit or delete it.
Checking history
1
From the Home screen,
uu
[Bookmarks]
u
"History"
tab.
2
Tap a viewing timing such as
[Today], [Yesterday], or [Most
visited].
❖
Information
･
Alternatively, on the web page screen, touch and
hold
x
to check history.
･
To delete history, touch and hold a history
u
Tap
[Remove from history].
･
To delete all histories, from the Home screen,
uu
[Settings]
u
[Privacy & security]
u
[Clear
history]
u
[OK].
Changing the Browser settings
Operating links
Managing bookmarks and
history
103
Apps
Apps
In dmenu, you can easily access sites
recommended by DOCOMO or convenient
applications.
1
From the Home screen, [dmenu].
･
Browser is activated, "dmenu" appears.
❖
Information
･
To use dmenu, Internet connection by packet
communication (LTE/3G/GPRS) or Wi-Fi is required.
･
For connecting dmenu and downloading
applications introduced in dmenu, packet
communication charge is applied separately. Some
applications automatically perform packet
communications.
･
Applications introduced by dmenu may include
charged ones.
You can obtain useful and interesting
contents which meet your needs at dmarket.
1
From the Home screen, [dmarket].
･
For the first activation, on the "d
マー
ケットソフトウェア使用許諾契約書
(dmarket software user agreement)"
screen, mark "Agree"
u
Tap [Start use].
❖
Information
･
For details on dmarket, refer to NTT DOCOMO
website.
With Google Play, you can directly access
useful applications or fun games and you can
download and install them on the terminal.
･
To use Google Play, you need to set a Google
account (P.165).
･
For details on how to buy applications, return,
request a refund, from the Home screen, [Play
Store]
uu
[Help] to see Google Play Help.
1
From the Home screen, [Play
Store].
2
Search applications
u
Tap an
application you want to install.
･
Check the displayed contents carefully
and follow the onscreen instructions.
･
Be careful especially about applications
which access many functions or large
amount of data. Downloading an
application means that you are
responsible for the consequences of
using the application on the terminal.
❖
Information
･
Make sure the security of application, then install it at
your own risk. The terminal may be infected with a
virus and the data may be damaged.
dmenu
dmarket
Play Store
Installing applications
104
Apps
･
NTT DOCOMO is not liable for malfunctions, if any,
caused by the application you installed. In such case,
the repair is charged even during the warranty
period.
･
NTT DOCOMO is not liable for any disadvantage
brought to you or any third party due to an
application you installed.
･
Some applications automatically perform packet
communications. Packet communication is kept
active unless you disconnect it or the time-out error
occurs. To disconnect packet communication
manually, from the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...]
u
[Mobile networks]
u
Unmark "Mobile data
traffic"
u
Tap [ Yes].
･
Some applications may be updated automatically.
1
From the Home screen, [Play
Store].
2u
[My apps].
･
If "My Apps" items are not displayed
when tapping , tap [Play Store] at the
upper left of the screen
u
[My apps].
3
Tap the applications you want to
delete
u
[UNINSTALL]
u
[OK].
･
When you uninstall charged
applications, a screen for refund may
appear. For details, from the Home
screen, [Play Store]
uu
Tap [Help] to
see Google Play Help.
This function allows you to use "
おサイフケー
タイ対応サービス
(Osaifu-Keitai compatible
service)" by which you can pay money or use
coupon, etc. or "
かざしてリンク対応サービス
(Kazashite-Link compatible service)" by
which you can access information by holding
the terminal over a home electric appliances
or smart poster.
Electronic money or points can be saved in
the IC card or the docomo mini UIM card.
Also, you can check deposit or balance of
electronic money, check point value, and
take measures against theft or loss by locking
Osaifu-Keitai.
For details on Osaifu-Keitai, see NTT
DOCOMO website.
･
Make settings from the dedicated website or
application to use Osaifu-Keitai compatible
services.
Deleting application
Osaifu-Keitai
105
Apps
･
The data in the IC card
*1
or the docomo mini
UIM card
*2
may be lost or altered because of
the malfunction of the terminal (when we
repair your terminal etc., as we cannot repair it
with data remained, you are required to erase
the data yourself). For support such as
reissuance, restoration, temporary
preservation or transfer of data, contact
Osaifu-Keitai compatible service providers.
For important data, be sure to use a service
with backup service.
･
If the data in the IC card or the docomo mini
UIM card is lost, altered or damaged by any
means related to Osaifu-Keitai compatible
service such as malfunction or model change,
DOCOMO assumes no responsibility for the
loss of data.
･
If the terminal is stolen or misplaced,
immediately contact Osaifu-Keitai
compatible service provider for an advice.
*1 Data saved in the IC card installed in the
Osaifu-Keitai compatible terminal
*2 Data saved in the docomo mini UIM card
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Osaifu-Keitai].
･
For the first activation, on the initial
setup screen, mark "Agree to the Osaifu-
Keitai Usage Regulations"
u
[OK].
2
Select a service you want to use
from a service list.
･
Download an application compatible
with service site or service.
3
Hold mark over the IC card
reader.
❖
Information
･
You can scan and write data to or from an IC card
reader without activating Osaifu-Keitai compatible
application.
･
The function is available even if the terminal is off,
but it may not be available when the terminal has
been turned off for a long time or battery level is low.
･
You can use Osaifu-Keitai compatible service even
when the PIN code cannot be unlocked or PIN
locked.
･
Note that when you do not subscribe sp-mode,
some functions of Osaifu-Keitai compatible service
may not be available.
Using "Osaifu-Keitai
compatible service"
106
Apps
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...].
2
[NFC/Osaifu-Keitai settings]
u
[Reader/Writer, P2P]
u
[OK].
･
NFC Reader/Writer, P2P function is
enabled, and appears in the status
bar.
3
Hold the mark over a device
with the NFC module or a smart
poster.
Please note the following when holding the
terminal over an IC card reader or NFC
module equipped device.
･
Bring the mark close to the device slowly,
do not hit it strongly.
･
Hold the mark over the device at the
center horizontally. If scanning fails even with
it held in front of the center of the scanner,
slightly lift up the terminal, or move it
backwards/forwards or to the left/right.
･
If there are metal objects between mark
and the other device, scanning may fail.
Putting the terminal into a case or cover may
affect communication. In that case, remove
the case or cover.
Using "
かざしてリンク対応サービ
ス
(Kazashite-Link compatible
service)"
Notes on holding over the
device
107
Apps
Use "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" settings to
restrict the use of Osaifu-Keitai function and
related services.
･
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock is different from screen
lock for the terminal, SIM card lock.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...].
2
[NFC/Osaifu-Keitai settings]
u
[NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock].
3
Enter a password
u
[Next].
･
When using "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" for
the first time, enter a password to set.
Set security question and answer in
case you forget the pattern following
the onscreen instructions.
･
Osaifu-Keitai function is locked, and
or is displayed in the status bar.
❖
Information
･
Note that you cannot cancel "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock",
if the battery runs out while "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock"
is set. Be careful about remaining battery level. If you
cancel "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock", charge the terminal
before canceling.
･
You need to unlock to use Osaifu-Keitai menu while
"NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" is set.
･
"NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" password is not be deleted
even if you reset the terminal.
･
If you forget the "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" password,
from the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...]
u
[NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
settings]
uu
Tap [Forgot password?], then answer
the secret question that you set when setting the
password to unlock the data in the IC card equipped
in the terminal.
･
When unlocking "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock", insert the
same docomo mini UIM card as the one inserted
when "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" was set, then unlock.
■
NFC
NFC is an abbreviation for Near Field
Communication and a short range wireless
communication method of international standard
defined by ISO (International Organization for
Standardization). You can use a contactless IC card
function, Reader/Writer function (R/W), Peer-to-
Peer communications function (P2P), etc.
Locking Osaifu-Keitai function
108
Apps
"iD" is a convenient electronic money by
credit clearance scheme. You can enjoy
shopping simply and conveniently only by
holding Osaifu-Keitai with credit information
set or the iD-compatible card over the IC card
reader in stores. Because up to 2 types of
credit information can be registered in
Osaifu-Keitai, you can use them according to
the benefits, etc.
･
To use iD with Osaifu-Keitai, subscribing to a
card issuer that supports iD, settings for iD
application are required.
･
The charges required for iD service (including
the annual charge) vary by card issuer.
･
A packet communication charge for oversea
use differs from the one in Japan.
･
For details on iD, refer to iD website.
http://id-credit.com/ (In Japanese only)
ToruCa is an electronic card that can be
obtained to mobile terminals. It can be
obtained from an IC card reader or site as
store information, coupon ticket, etc.
Obtained ToruCa is saved to the "ToruCa"
application and can be displayed, searched,
and updated using "ToruCa" application.
For details of ToruCa, refer to NTT DOCOMO
website.
❖
Information
･
For obtaining, displaying or updating ToruCa, a
packet communication charge may be applied.
･
Some ToruCa provided to i-mode terminal may not
be obtained/displayed/updated.
･
Depending on the settings of IP (Information
Provider), the following functions may not be
available.
- Obtaining from the IC card reader, updating,
sharing ToruCa, moving and copying to microSD
card, displaying map
*
* ToruCa which can display a map from ToruCa
(details) may not display a map from the ToruCa
list.
･
While "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" is set, you cannot
obtain ToruCa with an IC card reader.
･
If you mark "
重複チェック
(Duplication check)",
obtaining the same ToruCa redundantly is not
available. To obtain the same ToruCa redundantly,
unmark it.
･
When you send ToruCa attaching to email, it is sent
in the condition before obtaining ToruCa (details).
iD
アプリ
(iD application) ToruCa
109
Apps
･
Depending on email application, ToruCa received via
the emails may not be saved.
･
Depending on browser, ToruCa cannot be obtained.
･
When ToruCa is moved/copied to the microSD card,
it is moved/copied in the condition before obtaining
ToruCa (details).
･
You may not be able to obtain ToruCa with an IC card
reader, if you do not make initial setting for Osaifu-
Keitai.
1Seg is a terrestrial digital TV broadcasting
service that allows mobile devices to receive
broadcasted data along with images and
sounds. In addition, interactive service using
communication function of mobile devices
and receiving detailed information are
available.
For details on "1Seg" service, see the
following website.
The Association for Promotion of Digital
Broadcasting
http://www.dpa.or.jp/english/
Using 1Seg
1Seg is a service provided by TV
broadcasting enterprises (stations), etc. A
communication fee for receiving video
picture and sound is not required. Contact
NHK for details on your NHK viewing fees.
There are 2 types of information displayed in
the data broadcasting area: "Data
broadcasting" and "Data broadcasting site".
"Data broadcasting" is displayed using
airwave along with images and sounds; while
"Data broadcasting site" is displayed by
connecting to a site provided by TV
broadcasting enterprises (stations), etc.,
using information of data broadcasting.
For viewing "Data broadcasting site", etc.,
packet communication fees are charged.
Some sites require information fees.
While watching 1Seg, ToruCa may be saved
automatically. For obtaining a detailed
information of saved ToruCa, packet
communication fees are charged.
1Seg
110
Apps
Airwaves
1Seg is a broadcast service and a different
type of radio waves (airwaves) from that of
FOMA service is received. Therefore,
regardless of whether you are in or out of Xi
service or FOMA service area, it cannot be
received where airwaves do not reach or
during broadcasting interruptions.
Also, even in a terrestrial digital TV
broadcasting service area, reception
condition may be poor or reception may be
unavailable in the following places:
･
A place far from the tower that the airwaves
are sent from
･
Mountain-ringed regions or a place between
buildings where airwaves are interrupted by
geography or buildings
･
Tunnel, underground or far back from a
building where airwaves are weak or do not
reach
1Seg antenna cable
To watch 1Seg with the terminal, use
supplied 1Seg antenna cable SO01.
1
Connect connector plug of 1Seg
antenna cable SO01 to the headset
jack of the terminal.
❖
Information
･
To output voice sound from commercially available
earphone or headphone, connect the earphone or
headphone to 1Seg antenna cable SO01.
111
Apps
1
From the Home screen,
u
[1Seg].
･
For the first activation, make channel
settings according to the onscreen
instructions (P.113).
2
[TV].
■
1Seg watching screen
a
Subtitle
b
Image
c
Channel, broadcasting station and program
information
d
Reception signal level
e
Option menu
f
Record icon
g
Channel selection key
･
Touch and hold / to search available
channels.
h
Data broadcasting
･
Appeared only in portrait screen.
i
Data broadcasting remote control
･
Appeared only in portrait screen.
❖
Information
･
To show/hide icon such as option menu, on the 1Seg
watching screen, tap an image.
･
While watching 1Seg, press the volume key to adjust
the sound volume.
･
You can watch 1Seg in the portrait screen or
landscape screen (P.41).
･
To switch channels for watching, operate any of the
followings.
- Tap the channel selection key.
- Flick an image on the 1Seg watching screen left or
right.
- Touch and hold an image on the 1Seg watching
screen
u
Select a channel from the displayed
channel list.
･
It may take a time to acquire image data or
broadcasted data when you activate 1Seg or change
channels due to characteristic of digital
broadcasting.
･
According to the airwave condition, image or sound
may be interrupted or stopped.
･
If the terminal receives a call while watching 1Seg,
1Seg is interrupted and resumes after the call ends.
Watching 1Seg
c
dg
f
b
ae
1Seg watching screen (Full screen)
i
h
b
a
1Seg watching screen
(with Data broadcasting)
112
Apps
･
To watch data broadcasting, call charge or packet
communication charge is not required. If you use
additional services of data broadcasting, etc. via
packet communication, packet communication
charge is applied.
Exiting 1Seg
1
On the 1Seg watching screen,
xux
.
❖
Information
･
You cannot exit 1Seg even if you tap
y
to return
to the Home screen. If 1Seg remains activated, the
battery may be consumed quickly.
You can set 1Seg watching screen, data
broadcasting and channel settings.
Using optional menu
Reserve recording/viewing 1Seg program or
make each setting.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[1Seg].
2
[TV]
u
.
* Subtitle position can be set only in landscape screen.
Setting 1Seg
Program Program
guide
Display a program guide
(P.115).
Program
detail info
Display detailed
information of the program
currently watched.
Program
information
Display program
information of the channel
currently watched .
Reserve Recording/
Viewing
Reserve recording or
watching programs or
display reservation result
list (P.115).
Change area
Register or change
broadcasting area.
Subtitle/Sound setting
Enable/disable subtitle
display and set subtitle
position
*
and main/sub
sound.
Settings Data
Broadcasting
settings
Set whether to use the
location information or the
terminal information, clear
the broadcasting station
memory.
Auto Exit
Timer
Make a timer setting to end
1Seg watching.
Notes
Display information before
use.
Software
License
Display the software
license.
113
Apps
Saving channels in the current
location
Available channels vary depending on the
area (broadcasting service area) you are
using in.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[1Seg].
2
[TV]
u
.
3
[Change area]
u
Touch and hold
unregistered item.
4
[Area info setting]
u
Select region,
prefecture and locality.
5
[OK].
❖
Information
･
By touching and holding the area registered in Step
3, you can display details, set area information,
refresh channels, rename area, and deleting settings.
Changing numbers for TV remote
Change TV remote number assigned to each
broadcasting station. Each broadcasting
station can be called up via the
corresponding TV remote number.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[1Seg].
2
[TV]
u
Touch and hold an image.
3
Tap a broadcasting station to
change the remote control
number
u
Touch and hold an
image.
4
Touch and hold a number of
remote control you want to set to.
5
[YES].
･
If you select a number of remote
control which is already assigned to
another broadcasting station,
[Overwrite registered channel]
u
Tap
[YES].
❖
Information
･
To delete set broadcasting stations, touch and hold a
broadcasting station to delete in Step 3
u
[Delete
channel]
u
Tap [ YES].
114
Apps
For some data broadcasting programs, link
information to related websites (TV link) is
displayed. Save TV links to connect to related
websites later.
･
Method of registering TV link varies by
programs.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[1Seg].
2
[TV Link].
3
Select a TV link.
･
When selecting a link content or HTML
content, tap [Yes].
❖
Information
･
Some TV links have period of validity. Out of date TV
links are no longer available.
･
To delete TV link, touch and hold a TV link
u
Tap
[Delete]
u
[YES].
Record images, sound, captions or data
broadcasting while displaying.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[1Seg].
2
[TV]
u
.
･
To quit recording, tap .
❖
Information
･
Maximum savable recorded data file size is 2GB, and
maximum recordable time is approximately 640
hours in a row.
Items can be saved up to 99.
･
Recorded data is saved on a microSD card. Recording
is not available if a microSD card is not attached.
･
When you use the microSD card from another
application while recording, recording may fail.
Playing a recorded program
1
From the Home screen,
u
[1Seg].
2
[Recorded program list].
3
Tap a program you want to play.
❖
Information
･
Touch and hold a program to change or delete title.
･
In Step 3, tap to set play mode, delete all, display
available memory.
Using TV link Recording 1Seg
115
Apps
Reserve recording/viewing TV program.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[1Seg].
2
[Reserve Recording/Viewing]
u
.
3
[New reservation].
4
[Viewing reservation]/[Recording
reservation].
5
Set a program name, broadcasting
station, start time, end time,
etc.
u
[Save]
u
[YES].
❖
Information
･
Alternatively, tap [From Program guide] in Step 4, you
can reserve recording/watching.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[1Seg].
2
[Program guide].
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
You can listen to the FM radio with the
terminal. To use FM radio, use a commercially
available earphone set or headphone. They
work as antenna.
1
Connect a plug of a commercially
available earphone set or
headphone to the headset jack of
the terminal.
2
From the Home screen,
u
[FM
radio].
3
Tap / to select channel.
･
You can select channel by flicking the
screen left and right.
❖
Information
･
You can return to the Home screen and perform
other operations while listening to the FM radio in
the background. To return to the FM radio screen,
from the Home screen,
u
[FM radio], or drag the
status bar downwards
u
[FM radio].
･
If you cannot receive Japanese FM radio programs
because the docomo mini UIM card is not inserted
etc., from the Home screen, tap
u
[FM radio]
u
u
[Set radio region]
u
[Japan]. Before using FM radio,
check your area.
Reservation of recording/
watching 1Seg program
Using program guide
FM radio
Listening to the FM radio
116
Apps
■
FM radio screen
a
Hear from a handsfree device/speaker
b
Save/edit Favorites
c
Channel point displayed in a good radio wave
condition
d
Search channels to the left
e
Show Favorites
f
On/Off of FM radio
g
Option menu
h
Monaural/stereo effect
i
Broadcasting station now listening
j
Search channels to the right
k
Channel assigned to favorite
Existing FM radio
1
On the FM radio screen, .
Take still pictures and record video clips.
Shooting still pictures is available in the
portrait and landscape screen. Landscape
screen is good for shooting videos. For
shooting with Sweep Panorama, always hold
the camera horizontally.
･
All still pictures or videos that you capture on
the terminal are stored into the internal
storage or a microSD card. When saving to a
microSD card, attach a microSD card before
using the camera.
･
When the terminal temperature becomes
high, the camera may not activate or may
stop.
ci
h
j
k
a
d
b
fg
e
Camera
Before using the camera
117
Apps
■
About the Copyright and Portrait rights
Movies, still images, and sounds recorded on the
terminal are prohibited by the copyright law from
use without consent of the copyright holders,
unless intended for personal use or any other
purpose permitted by law. Also, using or
transformation of other person's portrait or name
without his or her permission may violate the
portrait right. When you post recorded images etc.
on the Internet web pages etc., make sure to be
aware of the copyright and portrait right. Note that
some performances, shows, and exhibitions may
be restricted to record even for personal use.
Transmission of images related to copyright or
beyond the scope provided in the copyright law is
not available.
Please be considerate of the privacy of
individuals around you when taking and
sending photos using camera-equipped
mobile phones.
If you cause the public any trouble using the
terminal, you may be punished under law or
regulations (for example, nuisance
prevention ordinance).
You can activate the camera with the camera
key (
k
) (Quick launch).
･
Using Quick launch (P.127)
1
Press and hold
k
for over a
second.
･
Activating sound is emitted and the
shooting screen appears.
❖
Information
･
Alternatively, from the Home screen,
u
[Camera]
to activate the camera.
■
Shooting screen
a
Display area of icons showing selected settings
b
Switching to the front camera icon
c
Option menu
Activating the camera
Shooting screen and key
operation
a
b
c
g
h
d e
i
j
k
f
118
Apps
d
Zooming indicator
･
Within the light gray indicator area (left half ), you
can shoot keeping the clearness with less
degradation of images (Intelligent clear zoom). In
the later of the area (right half), it functions as
digital zooming.
e
Auto focus frame
f
Display area for status icons
･
Icons of set items such as Self-timer, Geotagging,
etc. are displayed.
g
Thumbnail
･
Tap a thumbnail to open viewing/playback
screen for still pictures/videos taken (P.129).
h
Shutter icon (still picture)
i
Start/stop recording icon (video)
j
Scene selection icons
･
When the capturing mode is set to "Superior
auto", an icon for scene detected by the camera is
displayed.
k
Capturing mode icon (P.118)
■
Key operation
Volume key : Zoom/volume/shutter
*
k
: Shutter
x
: End Camera
* It varies by settings in Use Volume key as
(P.124). "Zoom" is set by default.
❖
Information
･
Alternatively, on the shooting screen, pinch out/in to
zoom in/out.
･
When capturing mode is set to "Social live by
Bambuser", "AR effect" or "Sweep Panorama", or
shooting with Front camera, zooming is not
available.
1
Press and hold
k
for over a
second.
2
Tap the capturing mode
icon
u
Select capturing mode.
Superior auto
Shoot still pictures or videos with
automatically optimized settings.
It detects if the camera is fixed ( ) or
object is moving ( ) and determines
the most suitable scene mode.
Scene is recognized from "Soft snap",
"Landscape", "Backlight", "Backlight
portrait", "Night scene", "Night portrait",
"Document", "Macro", "Low light", "Infant",
or "Spotlight", and the icon is displayed.
Changing capturing mode
119
Apps
Manual
Change settings for shooting still pictures
or videos manually.
Info-eye
™
When a still picture is shot, information of
the object is acquired.
Social live by Bambuser
Share experience with friends on
Facebook in real-time.
Timeshift burst
Select the best shot from continuous
shot images before and after pressing the
shutter.
61 still pictures in total are shot
continuously for a second before and
after pressing the shutter and all the still
pictures are saved. A still picture selected
from the thumbnails on the preview
screen after shooting is used as cover
image displayed in "Album" application.
AR effect
Shoot still pictures with virtual world such
as age of the dinosaurs, under the sea,
etc.
Picture effect
Shoot impressive pictures with various
shooting effects.
Sweep Panorama
Shoot panorama pictures by moving the
terminal.
Aligning the white frame displayed on
the shooting screen with the black frame,
slowly move the camera to shoot.
❖
Information
･
Press and hold
k
for over a second
u
Tap a
capturing mode icon
u
[Apps] to download camera
application from Sony Select and add to capturing
mode.
Note on Sweep Panorama
･
For shooting with Sweep Panorama, always
hold the camera horizontally.
･
In the following cases, Sweep Panorama does
not work properly.
- Shooting a moving object
- Shooting the main object that is too close to
the camera
- Shooting an object with repetition of the
same pattern such as a sky, beach, grass, etc.
- Shooting a big object
- Shooting an object with constantly
changing pattern such as a wave, waterfall,
etc.
120
Apps
･
If shooting angle does not reach the required
value for Sweep Panorama within a certain
period of time, the part which was not taken
is recorded in gray.
To avoid this, move the camera faster when
shooting.
･
Because two or more images are joined
together, joints may not recorded smoothly.
･
Images may be blurred or may not be taken in
a dark scene.
･
Under the flickering light source such as a
fluorescent light, you may not be able to
shoot properly since brightness or color
balance of joined image may be unstable.
･
If brightness, color balance, focus point of
whole image, etc. to be shot with Sweep
Panorama are extremely different from those
of the focused image, image may not be shot
properly.
･
In the following cases, Sweep Panorama
shooting may be interrupted.
- Moved the camera too fast/too slow
- When image is too blurred
- Moved the camera in the opposite direction
of the shooting
■
Shooting with the shutter icon
1
Press and hold
k
for over a
second.
2
.
･
To shoot still pictures using auto-focus
function, touch and hold and
release your finger when the auto focus
frame turns blue and you hear a beep. A
still picture is shot as soon as you
release the finger.
■
Shooting with "Touch capture"
Set "Touch capture" to ON, then shoot.
1
Press and hold
k
for over a
second.
2u
Tap " " tab
u
Tap in
"Touch capture" or drag it
right
ux
.
3
Tap the shooting screen.
･
To shoot still pictures using auto-focus
function, tap the screen and release
your finger, and then the auto focus
frame turns blue and you hear a beep. A
still picture is shot.
Shooting still pictures
121
Apps
■
Shooting with the camera key
1
Press and hold
k
for over a
second.
2
Press
k
.
･
To shoot still pictures using auto-focus
function, press
k
halfway and when
the auto focus frame turns blue and
you hear a beep, press
k
all the way
until it stops.
❖
Information
･
Shot still pictures are automatically saved in the
internal storage or a microSD card.
･
If the auto focus frame does not appear, auto-focus
does not operate correctly.
･
When you connect a commercially available
earphone set or other Bluetooth device, shutter
sound may be softer.
･
When capturing mode is set to "Info-eye
™
", " S oc i al
live by Bambuser", "Timeshift burst", "AR effect" or
"Picture effect", "Touch capture" is not available.
■
Shooting with the start/stop icon
1
Press and hold
k
for over a
second.
2
Tap / to start/stop shooting.
･
When the shooting mode is set
to"Manual", tap to display the
video shooting screen, then tap .
■
Shooting with "Touch capture"
Set the capturing mode to "Manual", display
the video shooting screen and set "Touch
capture" to ON to start shooting.
1
Press and hold
k
for over a
second.
2
Tap the capturing mode
icon
u
[Manual]
u
.
3u
Tap " " tab
u
Tap in
"Touch capture" or drag it
right
ux
.
4
Tap the video shooting screen to
start/stop recording a video.
■
Shooting with the camera key
Set the capturing mode to "Manual" and
display the video shooting screen to start
shooting.
Recording videos
122
Apps
1
Press and hold
k
for over a
second.
2
Tap the capturing mode
icon
u
[Manual]
u
.
3
Press
k
to start/stop shooting.
❖
Information
･
Recorded videos are automatically saved in the
internal storage or a microSD card.
･
Do not cover the microphone with fingers etc. when
recording videos.
･
When you connect a commercially available
earphone set or other Bluetooth device, shooting
start/stop sound may be softer.
･
While shooting a video, tap to shoot still pictures.
Shot image sizes vary by video resolution setting.
Full HD
: 2 megapixel (1920
×
1080), 16:9 aspect ratio
HD
: 1 megapixel (1280
×
720), 16:9 aspect ratio
Changing settings from the option
menu
･
The items displayed vary depending on the
capturing mode.
1
Press and hold
k
for over a
second.
2u
Any of "" tab/"" tab/
"" tab
u
Select a setting item.
3
Change the setting.
■
Resolution (only for still picture)
Set the resolution for photo. An image with
a higher resolution requires more memory.
･
When "20.7MP" is set, "HDR" and "Scene
selection" cannot be set.
･
When the capturing mode is set
to"Superior auto", shoot in "8MP" (16:9), or
when it is set to "Timeshift burst", "AR
effect" or "Picture effect", shoot in "2MP"
(16:9).
■
Video resolution (only for video)
Set the resolution for video. An image with
a higher resolution requires more memory.
･
When the capturing mode is set to
"Superior auto", a picture is shot in "Full
HD".
■
Self-timer
Shoot after set period of time (seconds)
elapses.
You can also use the Self-timer to avoid
camera shake when shooting still pictures.
■
Smile Shutter/Smile Shutter (video)
Set smile level for the smile shutter (P.128).
Changing settings when
shooting
123
Apps
■
Focus mode
Set focus controls.
Single autofocus
The camera automatically focuses on the
center of the shooting screen.
Multi autofocus (only for still picture)
The camera automatically focuses on
several points on the shooting screen. For
places which are focused on by tapping the
shutter icon or shooting screen, or pressing
k
, the auto focus frame turns from
white to blue.
Face detection
Detect several faces to focus (P.127).
Touch focus (only for still picture)
The auto focus frame moves onto the place
you tapped on the shooting screen to focus
on.
Object tracking
The camera chases an object and focuses
on it.
■
HDR/HDR video
Set whether to use the high dynamic range
function.
■
ISO (only for still picture)
Set ISO sensitivity.
･
With ISO sensitivity up, you can shoot
clear picture reducing blur even in a place
where lightning is poor. However, noise
stands out.
･
With ISO sensitivity down, you can shoot
with noise kept low. However, it may be
dim and tend to make blur in a place
where lighting is poor.
■
Metering
Measure the brightness on the shooting
screen to determine a well-balanced
exposure automatically.
Center
Put emphasis at the center of the shooting
screen and measure photometry at whole
view finder to adjust the exposure.
Average
Adjust the exposure based on the
brightness of the whole shooting screen.
Spot
Measure photometry only at the center of
the shooting screen to adjust the exposure.
■
Image stabilizer/SteadyShot
™
Set whether to decrease blur by hand shake
when shooting.
124
Apps
■
Soft skin effect (only for shooting with
front camera)
Set whether to shoot a picture making
human skin look smoother.
■
Preview (only for still picture)
Set the time duration for displaying preview
right after shooting a still picture.
･
When it is set to "Edit", the editing screen
appears after shooting.
■
Burst with longpress (only for still
picture)
Set whether to shoot continuously when
touching and holding /touching and
holding the shooting screen ("Touch
capture" is On)/pressing and holding
k
for over a second. Pictures are continuously
shot while touching and holding/pressing
and holding.
■
Face registration (only for still picture)
Set whether to display name on face tagged
with "Album" application to focus on
preferentially.
■
Microphone (only for video)
Set whether to pick up the surrounding
sound when recording videos.
■
Quick launch
Set behavior when using Quick launch
(P.127).
■
Geotagging
Set whether to tag still pictures/videos
location information (geotag) for the
shooting spot.
･
When enabled, location information is
added when appears on the shooting
screen.
･
appears while acquiring location
information. To pictures shot while
acquiring location information, geotags
are not added.
■
Auto upload
Set whether to upload shot still pictures/
videos to PlayMemories
®
Online
automatically.
■
Touch capture
Set whether to shoot by taping the
shooting screen.
■
Use Volume key as
Set function for assigning with the volume
key.
■
Data storage
Set the saving location for shot still pictures/
videos.
❖
Information
･
Some settings cannot be used in combination with
one another.
125
Apps
Changing settings from the icon on
the screen
Tap the icon displayed on the shooting
screen to change the setting.
･
The displayed icons vary depending on the
capturing mode.
■
Flash
Set the flash to light or not when lighting
conditions are poor or in backlight.
Auto
Turn on the flash automatically according to
the brightness.
Fill flash
Always turn on the flash regardless of the
brightness.
Red-eye reduction
Reduce red-eye effect caused by the flash.
Off
The flash does not turn on.
･
Sometimes turning off the flash improves
still picture quality. When you do not turn
on the flash, use the self-timer to avoid
blurring still picture.
Torch
Turn on the photo light.
･
Sometimes the video quality can be
better without a photo light, even if
lighting conditions are poor. Shooting a
good image without using the photo
light requires a steady hand.
■
Scene selection
Select a shooting scene. Suitable shooting
condition for the selected scene is set.
Off
Shoot without the scene set.
Soft skin
Shoot a picture making human skin look
smoother.
Soft snap
Shoot a picture making human skin look
bright and beautiful.
Anti motion blur
Reduce blur when taking portraits indoors.
Landscape
Shoot landscape depicting blue sky or
plants with vivid color and focusing on
distant objects.
Backlight correction HDR
Correct backlight with the high dynamic
range imaging function.
Night portrait
Suitable for shooting persons against the
nightscape background. Due to long
exposure time, be careful not to shake
camera.
Night scene
Shoot clear night scene. Due to long
exposure time, be careful not to shake
camera.
126
Apps
Hand-held twilight
Shoot a crisp and clear night scene
reducing noise.
High sensitivity
Shoot brightly without flash even when
shooting under poor lighting condition.
Gourmet
Shoot clear images making food look
delicious.
Pet
Suitable for shooting pets.
Beach
Reconstruct beach scene brightly and
vividly.
Snow
Reconstruct snow scene brightly and
vividly.
Party
Shoot an indoor picture creating good
atmosphere of indoor lighting. Due to long
exposure time, be careful not to shake
camera.
Sports
To shoot fast-moving object, shorten
exposure time to minimize motion blurring.
Document
Use for shooting text or graphics. It allows to
capture a clear, bright, and easy to read text.
Fireworks
Shoot a crisp and clear images of fireworks.
Due to long exposure time, be careful not to
shake camera.
■
Exposure value (EV)/White balance
Tap or drag the bar to adjust the exposure
value.
White balance is automatically adjusted
depending on the light source.
Auto
Adjust to the light source automatically.
Incandescent
Adjust for lighting like incandescent bulb.
Fluorescent
Adjust for lighting like fluorescent.
Daylight
Adjust for a sunny place.
Cloudy
Adjust for a cloudy sky or shaded area.
■
Shooting direction
Set shooting direction for Sweep Panorama.
Right
Shoot moving the camera from left to right.
Left
Shoot moving the camera from right to left.
Down
Shoot moving the camera downwards.
Up
Shoot moving the camera upward.
127
Apps
Activate camera to shoot while using other
application, or from the lock screen, the
Home screen, etc.
1
Press and hold
k
for over a
second.
･
"Launch only" to activate the camera is
set by default.
2u
"" tab
u
[Quick launch]
3
Any of [Launch only]/[Launch and
capture]/[Launch and record
video].
･
To cancel Quick launch, tap [Off ].
❖
Information
･
By default, on the lock screen, tap to activate
camera. Alternatively, drag to the left to activate
camera.
･
The capturing mode will be automatically set to
"Superior auto" when pressing and holding
k
for
over a second or dragging left.
Focus on a face located away from the center.
1
Press and hold
k
for over a
second.
2
Tap the capturing mode
icon
u
[Manual].
3u
"" tab/"" tab
u
[Focus
mode]
u
[Face detection]
ux
.
4
Point the camera at the object.
･
Detected faces are framed (up to 5
faces).
5
Tap the frame you want to focus on
or let the camera select which face
to focus on without tapping.
･
A yellow frame shows the face in focus.
6
Shoot a still picture/video.
Using Quick launch Shooting with Face detection
128
Apps
Shoot smile face.
1
Press and hold
k
for over a
second.
2u
" " tab/" " tab
u
[Smile
Shutter]/[Smile Shutter (video)].
3
Select smile level for the smile
shutter
ux
.
4
Point the camera at the object.
･
Detected faces are framed (up to 5
faces).
･
The camera selects which face to focus
on. Face frame for focusing on turns to
yellow (still picture)/blue (video).
5
The camera automatically takes
the photo when a face in focus
smiles.
･
If no smile is detected, operate the
steps in "Shooting still pictures" (P.120)
to shoot a still picture.
❖
Information
･
When "Smile Shutter (while recording)" is set, the
shutter sound is not emitted for detecting smile
while recording a video.
View/play photos or videos.
1
From the Home screen, [Album].
■
Image list screen
a
Pictures tab
･
Pictures are displayed in a list of chronological
order.
b
My albums tab
･
You can view albums in a list. You can view
images on a map, saved images, shot images,
images on an online service, and images on a
device registered in the Media server.
c
Option menu
d
Burst with longpress files
e
Timeshift burst files
f
Video files
Shooting with Smile Shutter
Album
Displaying photos/videos
d
e
f
ab c
129
Apps
❖
Information
･
Depending on the number of saved images, it may
take some times to load images.
･
To zoom in/out images, pinch out/in on the image
list screen.
1
From the Home screen,
[Album]
u
Tap a photo/video.
･
For Burst with longpress files, tap a
photo.
･
For Timeshift burst files, tap the
screen
u
Tap to check all saved
photos.
･
For videos, tap .
･
Tap the screen to display information
such as shooting date, option menu
icons, etc.
■
Photo viewing screen
･
Video playback screen (P.132)
a
Location information
･
Tap to add geotagging. For a geotagged photo, a
country name and a region name appear, and tap
it to view the photo on the map.
b
Shot date
c
Return to the image list
d
Sharing menu (P.130)
e
Option menu (P.130)
f
Add to/remove from Favorites
g
Operate photos
: Edit photos
: Play the Burst with longpress files in slideshow
: Check Timeshift burst files
h
Delete
❖
Information
･
To zoom in/out image display, pinch out/in on the
photo playing screen.
･
The items vary depending on the selected file.
Viewing a photo/video
f
a
c d e
b
gh
130
Apps
1
From the Home screen,
[Album]
u
Tap a photo/video.
2
Tap a screen.
❖
Information
･
Different options may be shown or some items
cannot be operated in some image files.
･
To operate several image files, from the Home screen,
[Album]
uu
[Select items]
u
Select an image file
to operate.
･
For some DRM protected contents or transfer
applications, sharing may be limited.
YouTube is a free online video streaming
service. You can play, search for and upload
videos.
･
A packet communication charge is applied
when downloading or uploading video
content using mobile networks.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[YouTube].
･
If you do not set Google account, the
Google account setting screen appears.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
･
When a message appears, follow the
onscreen instructions.
2
Tap a video to play it.
･
Tap to search videos.
❖
Information
･
To delete search history,in Step 2, tap
u
[Settings]
u
[Search]
u
[Clear search
history]
u
[OK].
Operating image files
Upload to online service, send via Bluetooth or
mail, copy/move to microSD card.
Play in slideshow, edit, register or check the
detail information.
When "Throw" is selected, files can be shared
between DLNA device, Bluetooth device or
screen mirroring compatible device and the
terminal.
YouTube
Playing YouTube video
131
Apps
Play back music and videos stored on the
internal storage or a microSD card using
Media Player.
･
File formats of playable data (P.213)
❖
Information
･
For details on Media Player, from the Home screen,
u
[Media Player]
uu
Tap [Help] to refer to the
manual of Media Player.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Media Player].
･
When you activate for the first time, a
screen for introducing Media Player
appears. Follow the onscreen
instructions.
2
Tap a tab at the bottom of the
screen.
3
Tap a song/video.
■
Music playback screen
a
Back to song list
b
Operate a song
: Go back to the beginning of the song or to the
previous song
: Fast rewind
: Pause
: Play
: Fast forward
: Skip to the next song
c
Playback point
d
Option menu
e
Album art
f
Song information
g
Repeat OFF/Repeat ON/1 track repeat
h
Shuffle OFF/Shuffle ON
i
Volume control
･
Alternatively, on the playback screen, press the
volume key to adjust the volume.
Media Player
Playing music/video
a
c
g
e
f
d
i
b
h
132
Apps
❖
Information
･
You can return to the Home screen to perform
another operation while listening to music in the
background. To return to the music playback screen,
from the Home screen, tap
u
[Media Player], or
drag the status bar downwards
u
Tap the name of
song that is being played.
■
Video playback screen
a
Back to video list
b
Operate a video
: Go back to the beginning of the video or to the
previous video
: Fast rewind
: Pause
: Play
: Fast forward
: Skip to the next video
c
Playback point
d
Option menu
e
Video information
f
Auto-rotate screen ON/OFF
･
Tap to turn red and disable Auto-rotate
screen.
g
Volume control
･
Alternatively, on the playback screen, press the
volume key to adjust the volume.
❖
Information
･
While in landscape view, tap the screen to display
option menu icons etc.
Ending Media Player
1
On the Media Player screen/song
player screen/video player screen,
u
[Exit].
c
b
a
f
d
e
g
133
Apps
Your current location can be positioned using
GPS, Wi-Fi, or mobile network.
The terminal has a GPS receiver that uses
satellite signals to calculate your location.
Some GPS features use the Internet. Data
rates and charges may apply.
When you use GPS function to find your
location, make sure you have a clear view of
the sky. If GPS does not find your location
after several minutes, move to another
location. To help the search, stand still and do
not cover the GPS antenna section (P.28). The
first time you use the GPS, it may take about
10 minutes to find your location.
･
Use the GPS system with great care. DOCOMO
is not liable for any damage caused by
abnormality of the system.
･
Note that DOCOMO shall have no liabilities for
any purely economic loss including those due
to missing a chance to check the
measurement (communication) results
because of external factors (including the
running out of the battery), such as a failure,
malfunction, or any other problems of the
terminal or the power failure.
･
You cannot use the terminal as a navigation
device for an aircraft, vehicle, and person.
Note that DOCOMO shall have no liabilities
whatsoever even if you suffer damage or loss
while performing a navigation using the
location information.
･
You cannot use the terminal as a high-
accuracy measurement GPS. Note that
DOCOMO shall have no liabilities whatsoever
even if you suffer damage or loss due to a
deviation of the location information.
･
Global Positioning System (GPS) is created
and managed by U.S. Department of Defense.
And the department is in charge of
controlling the accuracy and maintenance of
the system. Therefore, some changes made
by U.S. Department of Defence might affect
accuracy or functions of GPS system.
･
Some wireless communications products
(mobile phone, data detectors and some
others) block satellite signals and also causes
instability of signal reception.
･
Some map displays based on location
information (latitude/longitude information)
may be not accurate due to some countries'
or regions' regulations.
Location services
GPS function
134
Apps
■
Where radio waves are difficult to
receive
Note that radio waves may not be received
or it may be difficult to receive radio waves
in the following conditions, since GPS uses
radio waves from a satellite.
･
Inside or immediately under a building
･
Inside a bag or box
･
Inside or under a thick covering of trees
･
In a car, inside a train compartment
･
When there are obstructions (people or
objects) near the terminal
･
Inside a basement or tunnel, and below
the ground or water
･
In buildings-clustered or residential area
･
Near a high-voltage cable
･
Bad weather such as heavy rain or snow
❖
Note
･
If some of the GPS functions are not available, or if
none of them are, check that your contract includes
the use of the Internet, and see "WIRELESS &
NETWORKS" (P.142).
･
NTT DOCOMO is not liable for navigation services or
for the accuracy of location services.
Activating GPS/Location services
You can position current location using GPS,
Wi-Fi or information sent from base stations
of mobile network.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings].
2
[Location services].
3
Tap or drag right for
"Access to my location".
4
Read note on GPS location services
and tap [Agree]
u
Read Location
consent and tap [Agree].
❖
Information
･
The agreement for location information may appear
in Step 4.
･
Your location information is sent to Google without
specifying who you are. Your location information
may be sent even when the application is not
running.
･
"GPS satellites" and "Google's location service" can be
set individually.
135
Apps
The Google Maps application allows you to
view your current location, find other
locations and search routes.
･
To use Google Maps, enable data traffic (LTE/
3G/GPRS) or connect to Wi-Fi.
･
Google Maps does not cover the whole world.
･
Only using LTE/3G/Wi-Fi connection may not
detect some locations.
Finding the current location on the
map
You can detect your current location using
location information service.
･
To detect current location, enable the
location information service (P.134)
beforehand, then allow Google application to
access the location information. If you set a
Google account, from the Home screen, tap
u
[Settings]
u
[Google]
u
[Location
settings] to set. If you do not set a Google
account, from the Home screen, tap
u
[Maps]
uu
[Settings]
u
[Google
location settings] to set.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Maps].
･
When a message appears, follow the
onscreen instructions.
2
.
･
Current location is shown by blue mark.
･
If you tap , the icon changes to ,
and then the terminal's geomagnetic
compass links the direction displayed
on the map.
･
To zoom in/out the map, pinch out/in
on the map screen, or double-tap/tap
with two fingers the screen.
Viewing Street view
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Maps].
2
In the street view, touch and hold a
point you want to show
u
Tap
information displayed at the
bottom of the screen.
3
[Street View].
Using Google Maps
136
Apps
Searching for a location
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Maps].
2
Fill out the search bar.
3
on the software keyboard.
4
Tap a destination.
Displaying information
Display information such as traffic
information etc. on the map.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Maps].
2u
Select information to display.
Navigating
You can receive detailed guides for your
destination.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Maps].
2u
Select a transporting method.
3
Enter a start point in the upper
entry field
u
Enter an end point in
the lower entry field.
1
From the Home screen, [Schedule].
･
For the first activation, on the
「スケ
ジュール＆メモアプリ」ソフトウェア使
用許諾規約
("Schedule & Memo
application" license agreement) screen,
tap [
同意する
(Agree)].
2
[Switch disp]
u
Tap [Monthly]/
[Weekly time-line]/[Daily time-
line]/[Daily].
･
Flick the calendar left or right to display
the next or previous month/week/day.
❖
Information
･
To move cursor to the current date or date you want
to display, "Jump to" in Step 2
u
[Today]/drag a
number to set date, then tap [Jump].
1
From the Home screen, [Schedule].
2
[Add]
u
Enter an item.
3
[Save].
❖
Information
･
When an alarm of event is set, appears on the
status bar at the set time. Drag the status bar
u
Tap
[It's time] to display details of the event.
Schedule
Displaying schedule
Creating schedule event
137
Apps
Displaying events of Schedule
1
From the Home screen,
[Schedule]
u
Display scheduled
date/time.
･
In Monthly view, tap a scheduled date.
2
Tap an event to view description.
･
To edit an event, tap [Edit].
❖
Information
･
To delete an event, touch and hold an event in Step
2
u
Tap [Delete one]
u
[Delete].
･
To delete all events, from the Home screen, tap
[Schedule]
uu
[Delete all]
u
[Delete].
Setting display conditions in
Schedule
When a search criteria is set, specified data
can be displayed.
1
From the Home screen, [Schedule].
2
[Conditions].
3
On the selecting screen for search
conditions, tap items to display.
❖
Information
･
Tap [Free word search] in Step 3
u
Enter a search
word
u
[OK] to search and display the input
information in [
タイトル
(title)], [
本文
(text)] and [
どこ
で？
(place)].
Use alarm, world clock, stop watch and timer.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Alarm & clock].
2u
Set time etc.
3
[Done].
❖
Information
･
To delete alarms, in Step 2, tap
u
[Delete
alarms]
u
Mark alarms you want to delete
u
[Delete]
*
u
[Yes].
* A number of marked alarm is displayed at the right
side of "Delete".
Enabling/Disabling alarm
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Alarm & clock].
2
Tap / of alarm you
want to switch ON/OFF or drag it
right/left.
Alarm & clock
Setting alarm
138
Apps
Stopping alarm
1
While alarm is sounding, drag
to the right.
❖
Information
･
If you tap [Snooze], the alarm sounds again when the
set time has passed.
Display the date and time etc. in cities around
the world.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Alarm & clock]
u
"" tab.
2u
Select a city.
❖
Information
･
Time display during day-light saving time may differ
from time difference displayed on the screen when
adding a city in Step 2.
･
To change the order of cities, in Step 2, tap
u
[Rearrange]
u
Drag at the side of date and
time for the city up or down
u
Tap [Done].
･
To delete cities, in Step 2, tap
u
[Delete]
u
Mark
cities you want to delete
u
Tap [Delete]
*
u
[Yes].
* A number of marked city is displayed at the right
side of "Delete".
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Alarm & clock]
u
"" tab.
2
[Start].
3
[Stop].
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Alarm & clock]
u
"" tab.
2
[Set time].
3
Drag the number up or down to set
time
u
[OK].
4
[Start].
5
[Stop].
Using World clock
Using Stopwatch
Using Timer
139
Apps
With docomo backup, you can back up or
restore data to/from "
データ保管
BOX
（ドコモ
クラウド）
(Data Storage BOX (docomo
cloud))" or "microSD card".
･
Do not remove microSD card during backup
or restoring. Doing so may damage the
terminal data.
･
If the battery is low, backup or restore may not
be done. In that case, charge the terminal and
retry to back up or restore.
･
docomo apps password is required to back
up or restore (P.158).
･
To back up/restore to/from Data Storage BOX,
log-in to docomo cloud is needed. To log in,
download
データ保管
BOX (Data Storage BOX)
application and enable cloud settings (P.139).
❖
Information
･
For the first activation, on the Software license
agreement screen, tap [Agree]. Also, follow the
onscreen instructions to set notification of regularly
backup.
･
For details on docomo backup, from the Home
screen, tap
u
[docomo backup]
u
[Backup/restore
to docomo cloud]/[Backup/restore to microSD
card]
uu
[Help] to refer to Help.
You can back up/restore call logs, music, etc.
Backing up
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo backup]
u
[Backup/
restore to docomo cloud].
2
[Backup].
･
When you do not log in to docomo
cloud, on the confirmation screen, tap
[Log in], then follow the onscreen
instructions to log in. If you do not
download
データ保管
BOX (Data
Storage BOX) application, on the
confirmation screen, tap [Download],
then follow the onscreen instructions
to download.
3
Mark the data to back up.
4
[Start backup]
u
[Start backup].
5
Enter docomo apps
password
u
[OK].
❖
Information
･
When backup reminder in backup reminder settings
is enabled, backup can be notified regularly.
docomo backup
Backing up/Restoring to/from
Data Storage BOX
140
Apps
Restoring
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo backup]
u
[Backup/
restore to docomo cloud].
2
[Restore].
3
Tap [Select] on data type to
restore
u
Mark data to
restore
u
[Select].
･
Tap [Select latest data] to select the
latest data for each data type.
4
[Overwrite]/[Add]
u
[Start
restore]
u
[Restore].
5
Enter docomo apps
password
u
[OK].
❖
Information
･
When restoring from the Data Storage BOX, data is
restored to the location where the data is backed up
to. When model change etc., data may be restored to
the different saving location from backing up.
Back up or restore data such as phonebook
entries, docomo mails, images/videos, etc. to
an external memory such as microSD card.
Backing up
If microSD card is not installed, data such as
images and movies are saved to the internal
storage. You can back up only data such as
images and movies stored in the internal
storage. Data stored in microSD card cannot
be backed up.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo backup]
u
[Backup/
restore to microSD card].
2
[Backup].
3
Mark the data to back up.
4
[Start backup]
u
[Start backup].
5
Enter docomo apps
password
u
[OK].
❖
Information
･
When backing up phonebook entries to microSD
card, data without Name cannot be copied.
･
If microSD card is low on memory, backup may not
be done. In that case, delete unnecessary files to
make available space.
Backing up/Restoring to/from
microSD card
141
Apps
Restoring
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo backup]
u
[Backup/
restore to microSD card].
2
[Restore].
3
Tap [Select] on data type to
restore
u
Mark data to
restore
u
[Select].
･
Tap [Select latest data] to select the
latest data for each data type.
4
[Overwrite]/[Add]
u
[Start
restore]
u
[Start restore].
5
Enter docomo apps
password
u
[OK].
Copying phonebook entries
registered in Google account to
docomo account
You can copy contacts data registered in
Google account to docomo account.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[docomo backup]
u
[Backup/
restore to microSD].
2
[Phonebook account copy].
3
[Select] on Google account
contacts you want to
copy
u
[Overwrite]/[Add].
･
When a message appears, follow the
onscreen instructions.
❖
Information
･
If phonebook item names (e.g. Phone number, etc.)
of the other terminal are different from ones of your
terminal, the item names may be changed or
deleted. Also, some text may be deleted in copied
destination, because savable characters in a
phonebook entry vary by terminal.
142
Settings
Settings
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings].
Using the Wi-Fi function, you can connect to
an access point for your home, company
network or public wireless LAN services to
use mail and Internet.
･
Even when Wi-Fi is on, packet communication
is available. However, while you connect Wi-Fi
network, Wi-Fi comes first.
･
When a Wi-Fi network is disconnected,
connection is automatically switched to a
LTE/3G/GSM network mode. Note that packet
communication charge may be applied if
network connection stays switched.
･
Turn the Wi-Fi function to off when you do
not use Wi-Fi to cut battery power
consumption.
Before using Wi-Fi
To use Wi-Fi function, turn on Wi-Fi and
search available Wi-Fi network, then connect
it.
･
To access the Internet using Wi-Fi function,
connect to Wi-Fi network in advance.
❖
Information
･
Make sure to receive signal strong enough for using
Wi-Fi function. The signal strength of the Wi-Fi
network varies by the location of the terminal.
Moving closer to the Wi-Fi router might improve the
signal reception.
Viewing the setting menu
WIRELESS & NETWORKS
P. 1 4 2
DEVICE
P. 1 5 1
PERSONAL
P. 1 5 8
ACCOUNTS
P. 1 6 5
SYSTEM
P. 1 6 6
WIRELESS & NETWORKS
Wi-Fi
P. 1 4 2
Bluetooth
P. 1 7 2
Data usage
P. 1 4 5
Xperia
™
Connectivity
P. 1 4 6
More... Airplane mode
P. 1 4 7
Mobile networks
P.147, P.185
Tethering & portable
hotspot
P. 1 4 8
VPN
P. 1 5 0
NFC / Osaifu-Keitai
settings
P.104, P.174
Wi-Fi
143
Settings
■
Reception interference caused by
Bluetooth devices
Bluetooth devices and wireless LAN
(IEEE802.11b/g/n) devices use the same
frequency band (2.4GHz). If you use
Bluetooth devices near a wireless LAN
device, reception interference may occur or
the communications speed may lower.
Also, you may hear noise or have a
connection problem. Communication may
be interrupted or sound may be lost while
streaming data, etc. In these cases, do the
following:
･
Keep the terminal and Bluetooth device
to be connected wirelessly 10 or more
meters away from a wireless LAN device.
･
Within 10 meters, turn off the Bluetooth
device to be connected.
Turning on Wi-Fi
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
Tap or drag right
of Wi-Fi
❖
Information
･
It may take a few seconds before the Wi-Fi
connection is on.
Connecting to a Wi-Fi network
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Wi-Fi].
2
Select a Wi-Fi network to connect.
･
To connect to a protected Wi-Fi
network, enter the
password
u
[Connect].
･
To connect Wi-Fi network with WPS
compatible device, or
u
[WPS Pin
Entry]. Follow the onscreen instructions.
･
Scanning for Wi-Fi networks manually,
u
[Scan].
❖
Information
･
When Wi-Fi network is disconnected by turning Wi-Fi
off, a Wi-Fi network will automatically be connected if
available Wi-Fi networks are found when Wi-Fi is
turned on.
･
When the terminal is connected to Wi-Fi network
successfully, "Connected" appears. When a different
message appears, make sure the password (security
key).
When "Connected" does not appear even if you enter
a correct password (security key), the correct IP
address may not have been acquired. Check the
signal status and reconnect.
* It may take 5 minutes or more to display the
message after [Connect] is tapped.
･
To use docomo service via Wi-Fi, setting "docomo ID"
is required. From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[docomo service/cloud]
u
[docomo ID
設定
(docomo
ID setting)] to set.
144
Settings
Disconnecting a Wi-Fi network
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Wi-Fi].
2
Tap the Wi-Fi network that is
currently connected.
3
[Forget].
Adding a Wi-Fi network manually
･
Turn Wi-Fi on beforehand (P.143).
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Wi-Fi].
2u
Enter a network SSID of the
Wi-Fi network you want to add.
3
Tap "Security" setting item
u
Tap a
security type of the Wi-Fi network
you want to add.
･
4 options, "None", "WEP", "WPA/WPA2
PSK", or "802.1x EAP", appear.
4
If required, enter security
information for the Wi-Fi network
you want to add.
5
[Save].
Using optional menu
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Wi-Fi]
u
.
Scan
P. 1 4 3
WPS Pin Entry
P. 1 4 3
Wi-Fi Direct
P. 1 4 5
Advanced Network
notification
Set whether to notify
when Wi-Fi open
network is detected.
･
Turn Wi-Fi on
beforehand (P.143).
Keep Wi-Fi on
during sleep
Set to disable the Wi-Fi
function when the
screen backlight turns
off. Also set the terminal
to always turn on the
Wi-Fi function or to
always turn it on when
the terminal is charged.
Avoid poor
connections
Set wether to use LTE/
3G/GSM network mode
when Wi-Fi radio waves
are weak or
communication quality
is bad.
Wi-Fi
optimization
Set wether to control
the battery power
consumption when Wi-
Fi is on.
Auto IP support
Enable/disable Auto IP
function.
MAC address
Check MAC address.
IP address
Check IP address.
145
Settings
Using Wi-Fi Direct compatible device
You can connect among the devices
compatible with Wi-Fi Direct via Wi-Fi even
without configuring access point.
･
Turn Wi-Fi on beforehand (P.143).
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Wi-Fi].
2u
[Wi-Fi Direct].
3
Select a Wi-Fi Direct compatible
device name to connect.
･
Tap [Search for devices] to refresh the
detection list.
･
To change the terminal name displayed
on the detected Wi-Fi Direct
compatible device, tap [Rename
device].
❖
Information
･
Wi-Fi function becomes available when you install a
compatible application.
Enable/disable mobile data communication
or set data usage limit.
Enabling mobile data
communication
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Data usage].
2
Tap of Mobile data
communication or drag it to the
right.
3
Read the note and tap [Yes].
Setting data usage limit
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Data usage].
2
[Set mobile data limit]
u
Read the
notes and tap [OK].
❖
Information
･
Note that mobile data communication will be
disabled when data usage volume reaches to the
limit.
･
Change the setting value for data usage limit and the
value for alert by dragging the right end of each bar
in the graph.
Data usage
146
Settings
Setting Data usage cycle
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Data usage].
2
Tap "Data usage cycle" setting
item
u
Set period/[Change cycle...].
･
When you tap [Change cycle...], select
reset date
u
[Set].
Using optional menu
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Data usage]
u
.
* You need to set your online service account (Google
account, Facebook account, etc.) in the terminal to
synchronize in advance.
To change online service items for synchronizing,
from the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
Select an
account type
u
Select an account to change
u
Mark
items to be synchronized.
Setting Auto-sync data, communication occurs to
synchronize and a packet communication charge
may be applied.
Data roaming
Set whether to permit data
roaming.
Restrict
background data
Set whether to restrict
background data.
Auto-sync data
*
Synchronize information of
online service with the terminal.
You can display and edit
information on the terminal or a
PC.
Show Wi-Fi usage
Set wether to display Wi-Fi
usage status.
Mobile hotspots
Set to restrict use of specified
Wi-Fi network.
Xperia
™
Connectivity
Smart Connect
Set operation when external
device is connected or
applications are activating/
deactivating.
Throw settings
Play contents in the terminal with
other device.
Screen mirroring
*
Connect to a TV that supports
Screen mirroring to display the
screen of the terminal.
Media server
settings
P. 1 7 9
DUALSHOCK
™
3
wireless
controller
Use a commercially available USB
host cable to connect
DUALSHOCK
™
3 wireless
controller to the terminal.
Start MirrorLink
™
Set to allow a device compatible
with MirrorLink to operate the
terminal using microUSB cable.
Copyright protected data cannot
be displayed.
USB Connectivity
P. 1 7 6
147
Settings
* Compatible with Wi-Fi CERTIFIED Miracast
™
Depending on usage environment, image or sound
may be interrupted or stopped.
Covering around the Wi-Fi/Bluetooth antenna with
your hand may affect the quality of
communications.
In this mode, the functions of using radio
wave transmissions such as calling, accessing
to the Internet (including sending/receiving
mails), etc. are disabled.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...].
2
Mark [Airplane mode].
･
When Airplane mode is on, appears
on the status bar.
❖
Information
･
Alternatively, press and hold
P
for over a second
u
Tap [Airplane mode] to set Airplane mode to on/off.
･
Even if Airplane mode is on, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth function
and NFC Reader/Writer, P2P function can be turned
on. Be careful not to use these functions in a place
where the use is prohibited such as in a airplane or
hospital.
An access point for connecting to the
Internet (sp-mode) is already registered. You
can add or change it if necessary.
For using mopera U, Business mopera
Internet add the access point manually.
For details on mopera U, refer to mopera U
website.
Checking the access point in use
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...]
u
[Mobile
networks]
u
[Access Point Names].
･
It is recommended that you use the
displayed access point without editing.
❖
Information
･
When several available access points are displayed, a
marked radio button to the right indicates the active
access point.
Setting an access point additionally
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...]
u
[Mobile
networks]
u
[Access Point Names].
2u
[New APN].
3
[Name]
u
Enter a name
u
[OK].
4
[APN]
u
Enter an access point
name
u
[OK].
Airplane mode
Setting an access point
148
Settings
5
Tap and enter all other
information required by your
network operator.
6u
[Save].
❖
Information
･
Do not change the MCC/MNC. If you change MCC/
MNC to other than the default value (440/10), the set
new APN does not appear on the APNs screen. When
the set new APN does not appear on the APNs
screen,
u
Make APN settings with "Reset to
default" or "New APN" again.
･
Note that, when using the prediction conversion by
one-byte alphabet entry mode (English mode) with
mark in "Auto space" (P.70) on Japanese keyboard
settings screen, spaces may be entered automatically
when the prediction option is confirmed. In this case,
delete spaces.
Initializing an access point
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...]
u
[Mobile
networks]
u
[Access Point Names].
2u
[Reset to default].
sp-mode is ISP for NTT DOCOMO
smartphone. In addition to accessing
Internet, you can use the mail service using
the same address as i-mode mail
(@docomo.ne.jp), etc. sp-mode is a service
requiring subscription. For details on sp-
mode, refer to NTT DOCOMO website.
Use tethering function to enable the terminal
to use as modem to allow USB compatible
devices, wireless LAN devices or Bluetooth
devices to access the Internet.
❖
Information
･
Packet communication charge when using tethering
varies depending on the charging plan you use.
Subscription of packet flat-rate service is highly
recommended.
･
For details on usage charge, see the following
website.
http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/
･
When the docomo mini UIM card is not inserted,
mobile data communication is disabled, or the
terminal is out of service area, USB tethering or Wi-Fi
tethering, and Bluetooth tethering using mobile
network are not available.
sp-mode
Using tethering function
149
Settings
Setting USB tethering
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...]
u
[Tethering & portable hotspot].
2
Connect the terminal to the PC
with a USB compatible PC with
Micro USB Cable 01 (optional) etc.
(P.35).
･
When you connect Micro USB Cable 01
(optional) etc. for the first time, the
driver software for the terminal is
installed to a PC. Wait for a while until
installation is completed.
･
When "Install software" screen appears
on the terminal, tap [Skip].
3
[USB tethering].
4
Confirm "Details"
u
[OK].
❖
Information
･
System requirements (OS) for USB tethering are as
follows.
- Microsoft Windows 8/8.1
- Microsoft Windows 7
- Microsoft Windows Vista
- Microsoft Windows XP
*
-Linux
* For Microsoft Windows XP, installation of PC
Companion is required.
･
During USB tethering, the terminal storage cannot
be mounted with a PC.
･
USB tethering can be used with Wi-Fi tethering or
Bluetooth tethering at the same time.
Setting Wi-Fi tethering
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...]
u
[Tethering & portable hotspot].
2
[Portable Wi-Fi hotspot].
3
Confirm "Details"
u
[OK].
❖
Information
･
If Wi-Fi tethering starts while connecting to Wi-Fi
network or the terminal and DLNA device are
connected via Wi-Fi network, Wi-Fi network is
disconnected. Wi-Fi network is automatically
connected when Wi-Fi tethering ends.
･
Wi-Fi tethering can be used with USB tethering or
Bluetooth tethering at the same time.
Setting up a portable Wi-Fi hotspot
You can use the terminal as a Wi-Fi access
point to connect up to 10 wireless LAN
devices to the Internet simultaneously.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...]
u
[Tethering & portable hotspot].
2
[Portable Wi-Fi hotspot
settings]
u
[Configure Wi-Fi
hotspot].
3
Enter a network SSID of the Wi-Fi
access point to set.
･
"Xperia Z2_XXXX" is set by default.
150
Settings
4
Tap "Security" setting item
u
Tap a
security type of the Wi-Fi access
point you want to set.
5
Enter security information of the
Wi-Fi access point to set as
required.
6
[Save].
❖
Information
･
By default, the password is set at random. You can
change the password as desired.
Setting Bluetooth tethering
Up to 5 Bluetooth devices can be connected
to the Internet.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...]
u
[Tethering & portable hotspot].
2
[Bluetooth tethering].
3
Confirm "Details"
u
[OK].
❖
Information
･
For using Bluetooth tethering from a Bluetooth
device, set it paired with the terminal. For details on
Bluetooth function, see "Bluetooth function" (P.172).
･
Bluetooth tethering can be used with USB tethering
or Wi-Fi tethering at the same time.
Use Virtual Private Network (VPN) to connect
to the information in a protected local
network such as companies, schools or other
facilities from outside.
❖
Information
･
If you set sp-mode as an ISP, you cannot use PPTP.
･
To set up a VPN access from the terminal, you need
to retrieve the information related to security from
your network administrator. For details, see the
following website.
http://www.sonymobile.co.jp/support/ (In Japanese
only)
Adding a VPN
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...]
u
[VPN].
･
When the note appears, follow the
onscreen instructions to set unlocking
method of screen lock (P.162).
2
.
3
When an editing screen is
displayed, follow the instruction of
the network administrator to
enter/set required items of VPN
settings.
4
[Save].
Connecting to a VPN (Virtual
Private Network)
151
Settings
❖
Information
･
To edit/delete VPNs, touch and hold a VPN
u
[Edit
profile]/[Delete profile].
Connecting to a VPN
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...]
u
[VPN].
2
Tap a VPN to connect to.
3
Enter required authentication
information
u
[Connect].
･
When you are connected to a VPN,
appears in the status bar.
Disconnecting a VPN
1
Drag the status bar downwards.
2
Tap a notification that indicates
VPN connected.
3
[Disconnect].
Changing wallpaper of the lock
screen
･
You can change the wallpaper when "Set all
to" or "Lock screen" in Preferred apps settings
(P.151) is set to "Xperia
™
".
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Personalization]
u
[Lock screen].
2
[Album]/[Xperia
™
wallpapers].
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
DEVICE
Personalization
P. 1 5 1
Call settings
P. 8 4 , P. 1 8 8
Sound
P. 1 5 2
Display
P. 1 5 3
Storage
P. 1 5 5
Power
management
P. 1 5 6
Apps
P. 1 5 6
Personalization
Theme
You can change themes for the
Home screen, wallpaper of the lock
screen, etc.
Wallpaper
P. 7 4
Preferred apps
settings
Set applications (Home app, lock
screen, phonebook app, application
for play back videos or music) used
in the terminal all at once or
individually.
Simple Home
P. 4 9
Lock screen
P. 1 5 1
Quick settings
Change number of quick settings
(P.45) or sort the order.
152
Settings
* When silent mode is ON, ringtone volume does not
increase.
❖
Information
･
For silent mode, see "Setting silent mode" (P.41).
Sound
Sound effects ClearAudio+
The sound setting
for music
recommended by
Sonny. It helps
optimize the
settings for digital
signal processing
technology with a
one-touch
operation.
Sound
enhancements
Set sound effects.
Dynamic
normalizer
Set to play at a
comparable
volume when
songs with
different volume
levels are played at
random.
Volumes
P. 1 5 3
Phone ringtone
P. 1 5 3
Increasing ringtone
*
Set whether to
increase ringtone
volume gradually
when there is an
incoming call.
Vibrate when ringing
Set wether to
vibrate the
terminal when
receiving a call.
Notification sound
P. 1 5 3
Dial pad touch tones
Set whether to
emit dialpad
operation sound.
Touch sounds
Set whether to
emit sound when
selecting menu.
Screen lock sound
Set whether to
emit sound for
canceling the
screen lock.
Vibrate on touch
Set whether to
vibrate the
terminal for some
operations such as
specified software
key operation.
153
Settings
Adjusting each sound volume
Adjust volumes for playing media, ringtone,
notification sounds and alarms.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Sound]
u
[Volumes].
2
Drag the slider to the right or left.
3
[OK].
❖
Information
･
Even if alarm volume is set in Volumes, set in "Alarm &
clock" app is given priority (P.137).
･
Press Volume key when the Home screen is displayed
to adjust the volume for ringtone. Press Volume key
while receiving a call to mute the ringtone.
Setting a ringtone/notification sound
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Sound]
u
[Phone
ringtone]/[Notification sound].
2
Select Phone ringtone or
Notification sound
u
[Done].
❖
Information
･
To set a ringtone or notification sound other than the
ones stored by default, tap .
･
When volume of "Music, video, games & other
media" is muted (Volume 0), ringtone or notification
sound cannot be heard.
Display
X-Reality for
mobile
Adjust pattern, outline and color
component by analyzing
elements according to scenes of
movie. In pattern, hightlighten
delicate pattern of the subject
and describe fine texture. Also,
emphasize the outline clearly
and reproduce sharpness. In
color component, capture
various shades and colors of
nature accurately and reproduce
vividness.
*
Glove mode
Increase touch sensitivity to
enable touch operation with
gloved hand
･
Touching screen with gloved
hand with Glove mode ON, a
ring appears where you touch
on the screen.
･
Depending on the material of
gloves, touch operation may
be difficult.
Brightness
P. 1 5 4
White balance
P. 1 5 4
Auto-rotate screen
P. 4 1
Sleep
Set a time before the screen back
light turns off.
Daydream
P. 1 5 4
Font size
Set font size.
Pulse notification
light
Set whether to notify missed call
etc. with blinking notification
LED.
154
Settings
* Image quality improving procedure for still pictures is
effective only for viewing in "Album" application.
Adjusting the screen brightness
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Display]
u
[Brightness].
2
Drag the slider to the right or left.
3
[OK].
❖
Information
･
Mark "Adapt to lighting conditions" to adjust
brightness automatically according to the ambient
brightness with reference to the manually set
brightness.
Adjusting the white balance
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Display]
u
[White
balance].
2
Tap or drag the slider to the right
or left on the position to set.
･
Touch and hold the area displaying
"Press and hold here to see previous
setting" to check the setting before
adjusting.
3
[Done].
❖
Information
･
In Step 2, tap
u
[Default values]
u
[Done] to reset
back to the default setting.
Setting screen-saver
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Display]
u
[Daydream].
2
Tap in Daydream or drag it
right.
3
[When to daydream]
u
Select a
timing to start.
･
Tap [Start now] to activate screen-saver.
❖
Information
･
Tap to change the theme.
155
Settings
Check or format memory volume of device
memory (internal storage), microSD card, and
USB storage.
*1 Displayed items vary depending on condition of
microSD card or USB storage recognition.
*2 Transfer the only files stored in the specified folder
in the device memory (internal storage) to the
microSD card.
❖
Information
･
Note that formatting microSD card/USB storage
erases all data in microSD card/USB storage(external
device such as microSD card).
･
If the terminal has a small memory, you can perform
the following operations to increase available
memory.
- In Browser, delete history (P.102).
- Uninstall programs that you no longer use (P.157).
Storage
DEVICE MEMORY Total space
Check available
memory space of
internal storage,
etc.
SD CARD Total space
Check available
memory space
etc. of microSD
card.
Unmount SD
card
*1
Cancel
connection of
microSD card to
remove it safely.
Mount SD
card
*1
Have microSD
card recognized.
Erase SD
card
*1
Format microSD
card.
EXTERNAL USB
STORAGE
Total space
Check available
memory space of
USB storage.
Unmount
USB storage
*1
Cancel
connection of USB
storage to remove
it safely.
Mount USB
storage
*1
Have USB storage
recognized.
Clear USB
storage
*1
Format USB
storage.
MISCELLANEOUS
Transfer data
to SD card
*2
Transfer data in
the device
memory (internal
storage) to the
microSD card.
156
Settings
❖
Information
･
When STAMINA mode is ON, flashing interval and
color (pale purple) of the notification LED in sleep
mode become identical for all applications.
･
Time displayed in "Estimated battery time" is linked
to the setting of STAMINA mode only.
It is not linked with other modes.
Manage and delete installed applications,
display memory usage condition, etc. or
change the settings.
Verify apps information
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Apps].
2
Tap an application to view.
❖
Information
･
Tap [Clear cache] to delete cache or tap [Clear
defaults] to delete settings for activating the
application and restore to the default.
Force-quitting an application
When the application does not reply, you can
force-quit the application.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Apps].
2
Tap an application to force-quit.
3
[Force stop].
4
Read the note and tap [OK].
❖
Information
･
When you do not want to force-quite the
application, tap [Cancel] and wait for a reply of the
application.
Power management
STAMINA mode
Restrict functions in sleep mode
for specified applications to
reduce battery consumption.
Low battery mode
Set time before going into sleep
mode, screen brightness, and
whether to turn off functions
when the battery level becomes
lower than set level.
Location-based
Wi-Fi
When entering to the registered
Wi-Fi network area, the terminal
connects the Wi-Fi network
automatically to reduce the
battery power consumption.
Status bar
information
Display remaining battery level
in percentage.
Battery usage
Display remaining battery level,
battery consumption,etc.
Apps
157
Settings
Deleting application data or
application
･
Before deleting application data, back up
contents that you want to save including data
saved in the application.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Apps].
2
Tap an application to delete.
･
To delete application data, tap [Clear
data]
u
Read the note and tap [OK].
･
To delete application, tap
[Uninstall]
u
[OK].
❖
Information
･
Some applications pre-installed cannot be deleted
(uninstalled). For some applications which cannot be
uninstalled, disabling is possible (P.157).
･
Applications downloaded from Play Store are
recommended to be deleted from the Google Play
screen (P.104).
Disabling application
You can disable some applications which
cannot be uninstalled or services. Disabled
applications are not displayed on the Home
screen or application screen and you cannot
execute them, but they are not uninstalled.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Apps].
2
Flick the screen to the left
u
Display
"All" tab.
3
Tap an application to disable.
4
[Disable].
5
Read the note and tap [OK].
❖
Information
･
When you disabled an application, some other
applications linked to the disabled application may
not be operated correctly. Enable the disabled
application again to operate them correctly.
Resetting application
You can reset disabling applications (P.157),
settings for activating application (P.156), or
restricting background data.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Apps].
2u
[Reset app preferences].
3
[Rest apps].
158
Settings
❖
Information
･
You can disable applications displayed in docomo
service/cloud. Disabled applications may not be
displayed in the list of docomo service. Also, if you
newly download an application provided by
DOCOMO, an item may be added in the list of
docomo service/cloud.
PERSONAL
docomo service/cloud
P. 1 5 8
Location services
P. 1 5 9
Security
P. 1 5 9
Language & input
P. 1 6 3
Backup & reset
P. 1 6 4
Setup guide
P. 3 8
docomo service/cloud
docomo ID
設定
(docomo ID setting)
Set docomo ID for using
docomo applications.
docomo cloud
Make settings for docomo
cloud compatible service.
Application
manager
Manage to install applications
provided by NTT DOCOMO and
set to check updates for
applications regularly.
docomo Wi-Fi Easy
Connection
Set the terminal for using
docomo Wi-Fi or Home Wi-Fi.
docomo apps
password
Set a password for applications
provided by docomo. docomo
apps password is set "0000" by
default.
AUTO-GPS
Set to use the services
supporting AUTO-GPS.
docomo location
information
Set location information
function for imadoco search,
imadocokantan search and
Keitai-Osagashi Service.
Data usage check
Set totaling cycle or starting/
stopping measuring for
データ
量確認アプリ
(Check data traffic
application).
Send device error
information
Set for sending error
information to the server
managed by DOCOMO.
Remote
Initialization
Service
Set for using the service by
remote operations such as
erasing all data etc. in the
terminal all at once.
Profile setting
Check or change your profile
information used for docomo
services.
Open source
licenses
View open source licenses.
159
Settings
Location services
Access to my
location
P. 1 3 4
Let Google apps
access your
location
Set wether to allow Google
application to access the location
information.
GPS satellites
Set whether to permit
applications to identify your
current location using GPS.
Google's location
service
Set whether to permit Google to
use location information using
result etc. of Google search.
Security
Screen lock
P. 1 6 2
Improve face
matching
*1
Improve face unlock accuracy.
Liveness check
*1
Set whether to require blinking for
unlocking by Face Unlock.
Make pattern
visible
*1
Set whether to show pattern
when entering pattern.
Automatically
lock
*1
Set time from when the screen
backlight turns off to when the
screen automatically locks.
Power button
instantly locks
*1
Set whether to enable screen lock
as soon as
P
is pressed.
Owner info
Enter a user name to be displayed
on the lock screen.
Marking "Show owner info on lock
screen" displays owner
information on the lock screen.
Encrypt phone
Encrypt the internal storage. If you
encrypt the phone, entering a
security code or password is
required each time you turn on
the power.
Set up SIM card
lock
*2
P. 1 6 2
Make passwords
visible
Set whether to show the input
character before "
・
" appears on
the password entry screen.
Device
administrators
Set whether to enable device
administrator.
160
Settings
*1 Displayed items vary depending on "Screen lock"
settings.
*2 Recording is not available if a docomo mini UIM
card is not attached.
*3 Save certificates and credential information in the
credential storage.
*4 VPN settings are also cleared.
❖
Information
･
It takes time to encrypt the terminal. Start encryption
while charging the terminal with the battery fully-
charged and continue to charge until the encryption
is complete.
･
To decrypt the terminal, reset (P.164) to the default
status.
Security codes for the terminal
Some functions provided for convenient use
of the terminal require the security code to
use them. Besides the security code for
locking the terminal, the network security
code necessary for the network services etc.
are available. Make use of the terminal using
an appropriate security code according to
the purpose.
■
Notes on the security codes
･
Avoid using a number that is easy to
guess, such as "birth date", "part of your
phone number", "street address number
or room number", "1111", and "1234".
Make sure to make a note of the security
code you set lest you should forget it.
･
Be very careful not to let others know your
security code. If your security code is
known by anyone else, DOCOMO shall
have no liability for any loss due to any
unauthorized use of it.
･
If you forget your security codes, you must
bring your official identification (such as
drivers license), the terminal, and docomo
mini UIM card with you to the nearest
docomo Shop. For details, contact the
"General Inquiries" on the last page.
Unknown sources
Set wether to permit installing
before downloading unknown
sources application. Some
applications may be of unknown
origin.
To protect the terminal and
personal data, only download
applications from trusted sources.
Verify apps
Set whether to prohibit
installation of possibly harmful
applications or to warn before
installation.
Trusted
credentials
Display trusted CA credentials.
Install from
internal storage
Install encrypted certificates.
Clear credentials
Clear all certificates or credential
information from the credential
storage.
*3*4
161
Settings
･
The PUK code is written on the
subscription form (copy for customer)
handed at the subscription in the
docomo Shop. If you subscribed other
than docomo Shop, you must bring your
official identification (such as drivers
license), the docomo mini UIM card with
you to the nearest docomo Shop or
contact the "General Inquiries" on the last
page.
■
Network security code
The network security code is a 4-digit
number necessary for identification or using
the docomo Network Services at reception
of your request in docomo Shop, or at
docomo Information Center or "
お客様サ
ポート
(Customer support)". It can be set
any number at the subscription and also
changed later by yourself.
You can change your network security code
to new one using a PC if you have "docomo
ID"/"Password" for "My docomo", the
General support site for PC.
Alternatively, from the Home screen,
[dmenu]
u
[
お客様サポート
(Customer
support)]
u
[
各種お申込・お手続き
(Various
applications/procedures)] to change the
security code yourself.
* For information on "My docomo" and "
お
客様サポート
(Customer support)", see the
previous page of the last page.
■
PIN code
You can set security code which named PIN
code to docomo mini UIM card. It is set
"0000" at the subscription. They can be
changed by yourself.
PIN code is a 4- to 8-digit security number
(code) that must be entered for user
confirmation to prevent unauthorized use
of docomo mini UIM card by a third party
every time you insert the docomo mini UIM
card into the terminal or when the terminal
is powered on. Entering the PIN code
enables making/receiving calls and
terminal operation.
･
If you use a newly purchased terminal
with docomo mini UIM card you have
been using, use the PIN code set on the
former terminal. If you did not change the
setting, the code is "0000".
･
If you enter a wrong PIN code 3 times
consecutively, the PIN code is locked and
cannot be used anymore. In this case,
unlock with "Personal Unblocking Key
(PUK code)" (P.161).
■
Personal Unblocking Key (PUK code)
The PUK code is an 8-digit number for
canceling the locked PIN code. The PUK
code cannot be changed by yourself.
･
If you failed to enter PUK code 10 times
consecutively, the docomo mini UIM card
is locked. Please contact a docomo Shop.
162
Settings
Enabling SIM card lock
By entering PIN code when powered on, you
can protect from improper use.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Security]
u
[Set
up SIM card lock]
u
[Lock SIM card].
2
Enter PIN code
u
[OK].
Entering the PIN code when powered
on
1
On the PIN code entry screen,
enter the PIN code.
2
.
Changing the PIN code
･
You can change only when you activate the
SIM card lock.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Security]
u
[Set
up SIM card lock]
u
[Change SIM
PIN].
2
Enter the current PIN code
u
[OK].
3
Enter a new PIN code
u
[OK].
4
Enter a new PIN code again
u
[OK].
Unlocking PIN lock
1
Enter a PUK code
u
.
2
Enter a new PIN code
u
.
3
Enter a new PIN code again
u
.
Setting screen unlock method
You can secure your data by requiring a
screen unlock pattern every time the
terminal is turned on or every time it is
activated from sleep mode.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Security]
u
[Screen lock].
2
Tap a unlock method to set.
･
When you tap [PIN], follow the
onscreen instructions to enter 4 - 16
digit numbers. This "PIN" code is
different from a PIN code to be set to
docomo mini UIM card (P.161).
Locking the screen
When
P
is pressed to turn on the sleep
mode or the screen backlight automatically
goes off after screen unlock method (P.162) is
set, the screen is locked.
･
To cancel the screen lock, press
P
to turn the
backlight on
u
Enter unlock method on the
screen.
163
Settings
･
To cancel screen lock pattern after you set,
from the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Security]
u
[Screen lock]
u
Enter the current
unlock pattern/PIN/password
u
[None].
If you forget how to unlock
■
If you set "Pattern"
"You have incorrectly drawn your unlock
pattern 5 times. Try again in 30 seconds. "
appears when you enter incorrect unlock
pattern 5 times consecutively.
･
When you set a Google account, [Forgot
Pattern?]
u
Enter Google account and
password
u
[Sign in] to unlock the screen
lock and reset a new unlock pattern.
❖
Information
･
If you set multiple Google accounts, enter one of
those accounts and password to unlock the screen.
■
If you set "PIN" or "Password"
Please contact a docomo Shop.
❖
Information
･
If you choose the wrong language and cannot read
the menu texts, see the FAQ of the following website.
http://www.sonymobile.co.jp/so-03f/faq.html
Language & input
Language
Change phone language.
Spell checker
Set whether to run the
spell checker.
Personal dictionary
Register words.
Default
Select input method.
Google voice typing
P. 6 6
Moji-Henshu
Xperia
™
Chinese
keyboard
Xperia
™
Japanese
keyboard
Xperia
™
keyboard
Voice Search
P. 1 6 4
Text-to-speech output
P. 1 6 4
Pointer speed
Set pointer speed when a
mouse or trackpad is
used.
164
Settings
Setting Voice Search
* If the phone language is set to "English (United
States)", "Hotword detection" appears in the list.
Setting Text-to-speech output
* Japanese is not supported.
Resetting the terminal
Resetting the terminal deletes all data,
including downloaded applications and
accounts, and resets the terminal back to the
initial (default) state.
･
Make sure to back up important data you
have on the terminal before you reset the
terminal.
･
Initial settings (P.38).
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Backup & reset]
u
[Factory data reset]
u
[Reset
phone].
･
Mark "Erase internal storage" to delete
all contents (music, photos, etc.) on the
internal storage.
2
[Erase everything].
Language
Select language used for Google
voice search.
Speech
output
Set voice output.
Block
offensive
words
Set whether to display recognized
offensive voice results.
Download
offline speech
recognition
Download voice recognition data for
offline use.
Bluetooth
headset
Set whether to record voice sound
with Bluetooth headset.
Google Text-
to-speech
Engine
*
Set language for text-to speech and
audio synthesis engine to read out
text.
Pico TTS
*
Make settings for installed voice
synthesis engine.
Speech rate
Set speed at reading out text.
Listen to an
example
Playback sample of audio synthesis.
Backup & reset
Back up my
data
Set whether to back up settings for
applications, data, etc. to Google
server.
Backup
account
Set an account for backup to Google
server.
Automatic
restore
Set to restore backup settings or data
when re-installing application.
Factory data
reset
P. 1 6 4
165
Settings
Manage (add or delete) online service
accounts or synchronize contacts, calendar,
etc. saved in online services with the
terminal.
･
Auto-sync data (P.146)
Setting Google account
You can set a Google account on your
terminal and use Google services such as
Gmail, Google Play, etc.
You can set multiple Google accounts on the
terminal.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Add account]
u
[Google].
2
Follow the registration wizard, set
a Google account.
❖
Information
･
A Google account registered by marking "Keep this
device backed up with my Google Account" on the
"Backup and restore" screen or "Backup" screen is
registered as a backup account.
･
You can use the terminal without setting your
Google account, however the Google services such
as Gmail, Google Play, etc. are not available.
･
Tap set Google account and synchronize each data
manually.
Setting other account
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Add account].
2
Tap an account type.
･
After this step, follow the onscreen
instructions.
❖
Information
･
Use docomo account when you use "docomo
backup" app (P.139) provided by NTT DOCOMO.
docomo account is set by default.
Removing account
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
Select an account
type
u
Select an account you want
to delete.
2u
[Remove account]
u
[Remove
account].
❖
Information
･
docomo account cannot be deleted.
ACCOUNTS
Setting an account
166
Settings
･
To set date/time or time zone manually,
unmark "Automatic date & time" or
"Automatic time zone" to disable network-
provided time/time zone in advance.
❖
Information
･
Correction of the time differences may not be
performed correctly depending on the overseas
network operator. In that case, set time zone
manually.
*1 When the terminal goes into sleep mode during a
call with "Power button ends call" ON, press Volume
key to return from the sleep mode.
*2
P
for over a second
u
Touch and hold the screen
with 2 fingers to activate the accessibility function.
SYSTEM
Date & time
P. 1 6 6
Accessibility
P. 1 6 6
About phone
P. 1 6 7
Date & time
Automatic date &
time
Adjust date and time
automatically by using
network-provided information.
Automatic time zone
Adjust time zone
automatically by using
network-provided information.
Set date
Set date manually.
Set time
Set time manually.
Select time zone
Set time zone manually.
Use 24-hour format
Mark to use 24-hour format,
unmark to use 12-hour format.
Choose date format
Select date format.
Accessibility
TalkBack
Set user support service
(TalkBack).
Magnification gestures
Set whether to zoom in/
out by tapping the screen
3 times.
Large text
Set whether to use large
text.
Power button ends call
*1
Set whether to end a call
by pressing
P
.
Auto-rotate screen
P. 4 1
Speak passwords
Set whether to read out
passwords.
Accessibility shortcut
*2
Set wether to activate the
accessibility function.
Text-to-speech output
P. 1 6 4
Touch & hold delay
Set response time for
operation of touching and
holding the screen.
Enhance web
accessibility
Set whether to install
script from Google.
167
Settings
❖
Information
･
When TalkBack is turned on for the first time, a
message asking if touch exploration function feature
is enabled appears.
Touch exploration is a function that reads or displays
an explanation for the item you tapped.
When touch exploration feature is enabled, you can
operate the terminal in the different way from the
usual one. To select an item, tap it once and then
double-tap it. To drag, tap it once and then double-
tap it, then trace the screen to desired orientation.
To turn off only Touch exploration, from the Home
screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Accessibility]
u
[TalkBack]
u
[Settings], then unmark "Explore by touch".
About phone
Software Update
P. 2 0 3
Upgrade Android
software
P. 2 0 7
Application update
Download new
applications or update
applications.
Status
Check your own phone
number, battery status,
battery level, etc.
Legal information
Check open source license
or Google terms of use,
etc.
Model number
Check versions and
numbers.
Android version
Baseband version
Kernel version
Build number
168
File management
File management
Folders in the internal storage by default are
as follows.
･
Displayed folders may differ depending on
the terminal operations.
You can save data in the terminal to microSD
card or import data from the microSD card to
the terminal. You can use microSD card for
any other compatible devices.
･
The terminal supports microSD card of up to
2GB, and microSDHC card of up to 32GB,
microSDXC card of up to 64GB (As of
December, 2013).
･
For compatible microSD cards, contact
manufacturers of microSD cards.
･
A microSDXC card can be used only on a
compatible device. Inserting a microSDXC
card into a non-microSDXC-compatible
device may damage or destroy data saved on
the microSDXC card. Do not insert one.
･
If you want to reuse a microSDXC card on
which data is destroyed, format microSDXC
card (all data will be erased) on an SDXC-
compatible device.
･
When copying data to/from a non-SDXC-
compatible device, use a card (microSDHC
card or microSD card) complying with
standards of device to share data.
Storage structure
Phone (internal storage)
Android
Stores setting data for system
or each application, temporary
files, etc.
Download
Stores downloaded data
through Browser.
recovery
Stores update package for
software update.
Ringtones
Stores ringtones etc.
microSD card (external storage)
169
File management
･
The terminal supports microSD cards of up to
Class 10 and UHS speed class 1. Note that the
speed class indicates performance of
microSD cards and all the functions may not
be performed at the speed class rate.
Inserting microSD card
･
Opening/closing microSD card slot cover
(P.23)
1
Open microSD card slot cover and
check the orientation of the
microSD card, then slowly insert it
straight until it clicks.
･
Insert the microSD card with metal
contacts side down.
2
Close microSD card slot cover and
press part firmly to check that
no gap exists between the
terminal and the cover.
170
File management
Removing microSD card
Make sure to unmount microSD card (make
reading/writing unavailable) before
removing.
･
Opening/closing microSD card slot cover
(P.23)
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Storage]
u
[Unmount SD card]
u
[OK].
･
When microSD card is unmounted, "
SD card safe to remove" appears in the
status bar and notify that microSD card
is not available for reading or writing.
2
Open microSD slot cover and push
microSD card to the end until it
clicks. Then remove microSD card
slowly.
･
" Removed SD card" appears in the
status bar.
3
Close the microSD card slot cover,
firmly press it and make sure that
there are no gaps between the
terminal and cover (P.169).
Use "File Commander" application to display
or manage various data such as still images,
videos, music, etc. saved to the terminal or
the microSD card.
❖
Information
･
When you activate for the first time, a screen for
registering mail address etc. appears. Select "Register
later" or "Register now".
To register later, from the Home screen,
u
[File
Commander]
u
Flick the screen to the right
u
[Register].
Displaying/Playing file
1
From the Home screen,
u
[File
Commander].
･
Flick the screen to the right to display
"Downloads", "Pictures", "Music",
"Videos", "Internal storage", "Remote
files".
･
When a microSD card is attached, "SD
card" appears.
2
Select an item
u
Tap a folder as
required.
3
Tap a file.
File operation
Operating files or folders
171
File management
Creating new folder
1
From the Home screen,
u
[File
Commander].
2
Select an item
u
Tap a folder as
required.
3u
[Folder].
4
Enter a folder name
u
[OK].
Renaming folder or file
1
From the Home screen,
u
[File
Commander].
2
Touch and hold a folder or file you
want to rename
u
[Rename].
3
Enter a folder name or file
name
u
[OK].
Deleting folder or file
1
From the Home screen,
u
[File
Commander].
2
Select an item
u
Tap a folder as
required.
3
Mark a folder or file you want to
delete.
4u
[OK].
Moving/Copying folder or file
1
From the Home screen,
u
[File
Commander].
2
Select an item
u
Tap a folder as
required.
3
Mark a folder or file you want to
move/copy.
4
/ .
5
Anywhere,
u
[Paste].
1
From the Home screen,
u
[File
Commander].
2u
Enter a folder name or file
name.
3
From search results appeared
according to the entry, tap data
you want to check.
Searching for data
172
Data communication
Data communication
Bluetooth function is a technology which
enables to connect with Bluetooth device
such as PC, handsfree headset wirelessly.
･
The terminal does not communicate
wirelessly with all types of Bluetooth devices.
･
Supported Bluetooth profiles (P.212)
❖
Information
･
If you turn off the terminal with Bluetooth turned on,
Bluetooth function turns off. When you turn on the
terminal again, Bluetooth function turns on
automatically.
･
When you do not use Bluetooth function, turn it off
to save the battery.
■
Reception interference caused by
wireless LAN devices
The terminal's Bluetooth function and
wireless LAN devices use the same
frequency band (2.4GHz). If you use the
terminal near a wireless LAN device,
reception interference may occur or the
communications speed may lower. Also,
you may hear noise or have a connection
problem. In these cases, do the following:
･
Keep the Bluetooth device 10 meters or
more away from a wireless LAN device.
･
Within 10 meters, turn off either the
Bluetooth device or the wireless LAN
device.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings].
2
Tap in Bluetooth or drag it
right.
･
appears on the status bar.
3
[Bluetooth]
u
[Xperia Z2]
Using optional menu
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Bluetooth]
u
.
Bluetooth function
Making the terminal detectable
Rename
phone
Rename the terminal which appears
on other Bluetooth devices.
Visibility
timeout
Set time to make the terminal visible
to other Bluetooth devices.
Show received
files
Display transfer history with other
Bluetooth devices.
173
Data communication
To connect the terminal and Bluetooth
device, pair them first.
･
Once paired, the setting with the Bluetooth
device is saved.
･
For make pair setting, entering passcode (PIN)
may be required. Passcode (PIN) of the
terminal is "0000". If you cannot make pair
setting when you enter "0000", see the
documentation of your Bluetooth device.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Bluetooth]
u
[Search
for devices].
2
Tap the Bluetooth device name to
pair
u
Check a passkey on the
"Bluetooth pairing request"
screen
u
[Pair].
■
When pairing request is sent from a
Bluetooth device
Check a passkey on the "Bluetooth pairing
request" screen, then tap [Pair].
❖
Information
･
Make sure that the Bluetooth function and Bluetooth
detection function of the target device are on.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Bluetooth].
2
Tap in a Bluetooth device name
to unpair
u
[Unpair].
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Bluetooth]
u
[Search
for devices].
2
Tap the name of Bluetooth device
you want to connect.
❖
Information
･
Tap on the name of connected Bluetooth device
to check the status of the Bluetooth device or
change the settings.
･
Up to 7 devices can be connected at the same time.
Depending on profile, operation may not be correct
or number of devices that can be connected at the
same time may be different.
Making pair setting for the
terminal and Bluetooth device
Canceling the pair setting of a
Bluetooth device
Connecting the terminal with
Bluetooth device
174
Data communication
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Bluetooth].
2
Tap the connected Bluetooth
device name.
3
[OK].
･
To reconnect, tap the Bluetooth device
name.
1
"Bluetooth" from the sharing
menu of each application.
2
Tap the other party's Bluetooth
device.
1
Send data from a Bluetooth
device.
･
appears on the status bar.
2
Drag the status bar
downwards
u
[Bluetooth: Incoming
file]
u
[Accept].
You can send/receive data to/from a device
with NFC such as a mobile phone. If you use
the one-touch function with a Sony product
with NFC, simple operations allow you to
send or receive images, music, photos or
videos taken with the terminal.
･
To send/receive data, enable NFC Reader/
Writer, P2P function in advance (P.175).
･
Place 2 mobile phones in parallel position and
point marks to each other. Do not move
them until sending/receiving is complete.
Disconnecting a Bluetooth
device
Sending data via Bluetooth
function
Receiving data via Bluetooth
function
NFC communication
Sending/Receiving by one-
touch function
175
Data communication
･
Operations to send/receive and available data
to send/receive depend on the compatible
applications. Follow the onscreen
instructions.
･
If the License agreement screen appears
when sending/receiving data, read the
content and follow the onscreen instructions.
･
When pointing marks to each other,
sending/receiving may fail. In such case,
operate again to send/receive.
･
The terminal does not communicate with all
NFC devices.
･
For notes when holding over the other
device, (P.106).
Enabling NFC Reader/Writer, P2P
function
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...].
2
[NFC/Osaifu-Keitai settings]
u
[Reader/Writer, P2P]
u
[OK].
･
"Reader/Writer, P2P" and "Android
Beam" are marked.
･
appears on the status bar.
❖
Information
･
While "NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock" is set, Android Beam is
not available.
Sending data
1
Make sure that the NFC Reader/
Writer, P2P function is enabled.
2
Display data to send on the screen.
3
Face the marks on the terminal
and the receiver’s terminal each
other.
･
"Touch to beam" appears.
4
Tap the screen that has become
small.
Receiving data
1
Make sure that the NFC Reader/
Writer, P2P function is enabled.
2
Face the marks on the terminal
and the receiver’s terminal each
other.
･
When you receive data, appears on
the status bar. Drag the status bar
downwards
u
Tap [Beam complete] to
activate application corresponding to
the received data. Follow the onscreen
instructions.
176
External device connection
External device connection
By connecting the terminal and a PC with the
Micro USB Cable 01 (optional), etc., you can
copy, move, delete data, etc.
･
You may not be able to operate copyrighted
data of images, music, etc.
❖
Information
･
The following operating systems (OS) are supported.
- Microsoft Windows 8/8.1
- Microsoft Windows 7
- Microsoft Windows Vista
- Microsoft Windows XP
･
The terminal is connected by "Media transfer mode
(MTP)" which is set by default.
Connecting the terminal and a PC
using a microUSB cable
･
For using Mass storage mode (MSC) etc.,
attach a microSD card to the terminal (P.169).
1
Connect the terminal to a PC using
a microUSB cable (P.35).
･
When you connect microUSB cable for
the first time, the driver software for the
terminal is installed to a PC. Wait for a
while until installation is completed.
･
When "Install software" screen appears
on the terminal, tap [Skip].
■
Media transfer mode (MTP)
The terminal is displayed on the PC
screen as a portable device and you can
access the internal storage and a microSD
card in the terminal.
■
Mass storage mode (MSC)
The terminal is displayed on the PC
screen as a removal disk and you can
access the microSD card in the terminal.
❖
Information
･
Appeared screen may vary depending on the
operating system (OS) of a PC.
･
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Xperia
™
Connectivity]
u
[USB Connectivity] to check
connection mode and change the following settings.
Connecting to PC
Connecting to a PC with
microUSB cable
Install software
Display PC Companion installation
wizard when connected to a PC
(P.209).
USB connection
mode
Switch USB connection modes
when connecting to a PC.
TRUSTED
DEVICES
Connect the terminal and a host
device in a pair via Wi-Fi network
(P.178).
177
External device connection
･
When the terminal is connected to a PC with "Media
transfer mode (MTP)" set in "USB connection mode",
accessing to the microSD card from the terminal is
unavailable. Therefore, functions using the microSD
card in the applications such as "Camera", "Album",
etc. may not be available.
Disconnecting the microUSB cable
safely
･
Do not disconnect the microUSB cable during
data transferring. Data may be damaged.
■
Media transfer mode (MTP)
1
Confirm that it is not transferring
data, disconnect the microUSB
cable.
■
Mass storage mode (MSC)
1
Drag the status bar downwards.
2
[SD card connected].
3
Disconnect the microUSB cable.
The Media Go computer application helps
you transfer and manage media content in
the terminal and PC.
With Media Go, you can load music from a CD
to a PC and transfer to the terminal.
･
You can install Media Go from PC Companion.
For details on installation of PC Companion,
see "When PC Companion is not installed"
(P.209).
･
For details on Media Go, refer to "Help" on the
Media Go window on a PC.
❖
Information
･
You can also download Media Go from the following
website.
http://mediago.sony.com/enu/features
Using Media Go
178
External device connection
You can access the internal storage and a
microSD card in the terminal from the PC
paired via Wi-Fi network.
･
Use Microsoft Windows Vista, Microsoft
Windows 7 or Microsoft Windows 8/8.1 for a
PC to be paired. Microsoft Windows XP and
other OSs are not available.
･
For Microsoft Windows 8.1, remove the
terminal from the PC, click "How to connect"
on PC Companion, then follow the onscreen
instructions.
･
If the privacy separator function for Wi-Fi
network (access point) is enabled, pair setting
cannot be made.
Pairing with a PC within a Wi-Fi
network
1
Connect a PC you want pair to a
Wi-Fi network.
2
Connect the terminal to the Wi-Fi
network that the PC is connected
(P.143).
3
Connect the terminal to a PC using
a microUSB cable.
･
When "Install software" screen appears
on the terminal, tap [Skip].
4
Open "
コンピュータ
(Computer)"
window on the PC
u
Right-click the
terminal icon displayed as a
portable device
u
"
ネットワーク構成
(Network composition)"
u
"
次へ
(Next)".
5
On the pop-up screen of the
terminal, tap [Pair].
6
On the "
ポータブルデバイスのネット
ワーク構成
(Network composition of
the portable device)" window of
the PC, click "
完了
(Done)".
･
Remove the microUSB cable from the
terminal and the PC.
❖
Information
･
Appeared screen may vary depending on the
operating system (OS) of a PC.
Connecting the terminal to a PC
within the Wi-Fi network
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Xperia
™
Connectivity]
u
[USB Connectivity]
u
"Host name" (PC name) in the
"TRUSTED DEVICES" field.
Connecting the terminal to a PC
on a Wi-Fi network
179
External device connection
2
[Connect].
･
The terminal and the PC are connected
in "Media transfer mode (MTP)" on a Wi-
Fi network, and you can exchange data
files.
･
To disconnect, tap [Disconnect].
･
To cancel the connection setting, tap
[Forget]. Until the connection setting is
canceled, the connection setting
retains even if you connect/disconnect
repeatedly by coming in and out of a
Wi-Fi area.
Using Wi-Fi function, you can share media
files with other client (DLNA : Digital Living
Network Alliance) devices.
･
Set Wi-Fi connection (P.142) with a DLNA
device in advance.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[Xperia
™
Connectivity]
u
[Media server
settings].
2
Tap of Share content or
drag it to the right.
･
appears on the status bar.
･
Tap [Change server name] to rename
the terminal (media server) displayed
on a DLNA device.
3
Operate application on the DLNA
device.
･
Access request for media server is
notified to the terminal.
4
Tap the waiting DLNA device on
the Media server settings
screen
u
Set access level.
･
The DLNA device is registered.
Play media files in the DLNA device on the
terminal.
1
From the Home screen, tap any of
[Album]/[WALKMAN] or from the
Home screen
u
[Movies].
2
Select a device name.
･
Tap [My albums] to select "Album".
･
Select "WALKMAN" from the device
names displayed in the start screen.
･
Select "Movies" from the device names
displayed in "APPS & DEVICES".
3
Select a folder
u
Select a media file.
Connecting DLNA device
Setting Media server
Playing media files in the DLNA
device with the terminal
180
External device connection
You can play a media file in the terminal with
a DLNA device using Throw function.
1
From the Home screen, tap any of
[Album]/[WALKMAN] or from the
Home screen,
u
[Movies].
2
Tap a file you want to play
uu
[Throw].
3
Tap a device on the device list.
This terminal supports MHL connection. For
an HDMI compatible TV, use a commercially
available HDMI connector (MHL adapter) and
an HDMI cable etc. to connect to the
terminal.
Connect to a TV to activate TV Launcher and
display photos and videos on the TV screen.
1
Connect to TV using commercially
available MHL cable.
･
Activate TV launcher automatically. If TV
launcher does not activate
automatically, , appears on the
status bar. Drag the status bar
downwards
u
Tap [TV launcher] to
activate TV launcher.
2
Switch the TV to MHL input mode.
3
Flick an icon left or right
u
Select
application you want to use.
❖
Information
･
Removing the MHL cable from the terminal severs
connection, however, TV may remain to MHL input
mode or HDMI input mode. Follow the instructions
on the TV to switch to digital terrestrial television
mode, etc.
Playing a media file in the
terminal with a DLNA device
Connecting to other
devices
Connecting a TV
181
External device connection
･
When MHL is connected, radio wave condition may
be affected according to your environment for the
usage.
･
When you do not use MHL connection, remove the
MHL cable or HDMI adapter and cancel MHL
connection. If the HDMI cable remains connected,
the battery may be consumed quickly.
･
The terminal does not support resolution 720
×
576p
(50Hz) for MHL output to TV.
･
You can operate the TV Launcher screen, the Home
screen or applications using a TV remote control if
connecting the following devices.
- MHL compatible TV supporting Remote Control
Protocol (RCP)
- HDMI compatible TV supporting Consumer
Electronic Control (CEC)
To connect to an HDMI compatible TV, a
commercially available HDMI connector (MHL
adapter) compatible with RCP is required.
Some applications may not support remote control
operations.
･
To check operations by TV remote control, drag the
status bar downwards
u
Tap [MHL connected]
u
[Remote control usage].
182
International roaming
Internation al roaming
With the international roaming (WORLD
WING), you can use the terminal without
changing phone number or mail address in
the service area of the overseas network
operator affiliated with DOCOMO. You do not
need to change the settings of call and SMS.
■
Supporting networks
The terminal is Class 4. The terminal works in
a 3G roaming area and GSM/GPRS service
area. Services are also available in countries
and areas supporting 3G 850MHz/GSM
850MHz. Check available areas. Use 3G
network or GSM/GPRS network overseas
because Xi is not available overseas.
■
Before using the terminal overseas,
refer to the followings.
･
"Mobile Phone User's Guide [International
Services]"
･
DOCOMO International Services website
❖
Information
･
For Country codes, International call access codes,
Universal number international prefix, supported
countries/areas and network operators, refer to
"Mobile Phone User's Guide [International Services]"
or DOCOMO International Services Website.
* To use data communication during roaming, mark
"Data roaming" checkbox in Mobile networks (P.185).
❖
Information
･
Some services are not available depending on the
overseas network operator or network.
Overview of International
roaming (WORLD WING)
Available overseas service
Main communication
services 3G 3G850 GSM
(GPRS)
Phone
○○○
Message (SMS)
○○○
Email
*
○○○
Browser
*
○○○
183
International roaming
To use the terminal overseas, check the
following in Japan.
■
Subscription
･
Check if you subscribe WORLD WING. For
details, contact "General Inquiries" on the
last page.
■
Charging
･
For AC adapter for charging overseas
travel, use optional "AC Adapter 03" or "AC
Adapter 04".
■
Usage charge
･
Overseas usage charges (call and packet
communication) differ from those in
Japan.
･
Some applications perform
communication automatically. Packet
communication charge may be higher.
For operations for each application, ask
the application provider.
Network service settings
If you subscribe to network services, you can
use network services such as Voice Mail
Service, Call Forwarding Service, Caller ID
Display Request Service, etc., even overseas.
However, some network services cannot be
used.
･
To use network services overseas, you need to
set "Remote operation settings" to activate
(P.84). You can set Remote operation settings
in the country you stay (P.189).
･
Even if the setting/canceling operation is
available, some network services cannot be
used depending on overseas network
operators.
Checking before overseas
use
Before leaving Japan
Advance preparation
184
International roaming
When you arrive overseas and turn on the
terminal, an available network is
automatically set.
Connectivity
When you have set "Search mode" of "Service
providers" in "Mobile networks" to
"Automatic", optimized network is
automatically selected (P.185).
When you use a network operator of a
country/region covered by the flat-rate
service, you can use the service with flat-rate
packet communication charges overseas up
to the specified upper limit per day. To use
this service, subscription of packet flat-rate
service in Japan is required. For details, refer
to "Mobile Phone User's Guide [International
Services]" or DOCOMO International Services
Website.
Display
During international roaming, appears on
the status bar.
･
You can confirm the name of the connected
network operator on the Notification panel.
❖
Note
･
While appears on the status bar, packet
communication is available. Note that packet
communication charge may become high.
Date & time settings
When "Automatic date & time", "Automatic
time zone" in "Date & time" are marked, the
date, time and time differences of the
terminal clock are corrected by receiving the
information related to time and time
differences from the network of overseas
network operator you connect to.
･
Correction of the time/time differences may
not be performed correctly depending on the
network of overseas network operator. In that
case, set time zone manually.
･
Timing of correction varies by the overseas
network operator.
･
Setting Date & time (P.166)
About inquiries
･
For loss or theft of the terminal or docomo
mini UIM card, immediately contact
DOCOMO from the spot to take the necessary
steps for suspending the use. For inquiries,
refer to the last page. Note that you are still
liable for the call and communication charge
incurred after the loss or theft occurred.
･
For using from land-line phone, entering
"International call access code" or "Universal
number international prefix" for the country is
needed.
After arriving overseas
185
International roaming
By default, the terminal automatically
searches available network and connect to it.
To switch network manually, set as follows.
1
From the Settings screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...]
u
[Mobile
networks]
u
[Network Mode].
2
Tap any of [LTE/3G]/[GSM only]/
[LTE (preferred)/3G/GSM].
･
If you select "LTE (preferred)/3G/GSM"
to switch available network
automatically.
1
From the Settings screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...]
u
[Mobile
networks]
u
[Service providers].
･
If a note appears, tap [OK].
2
[Search mode]
u
[Manual].
･
To display available networks, tap
[Search networks].
3
From "AVAILABLE NETWORKS",
mark a network to use.
❖
Information
･
If you cannot search networks, disable mobile data
communication (P.145) and then search again.
･
If you set a network manually, the terminal is not
reconnected to another network automatically even
if you move out of the network area.
･
To return to "Automatic", tap [Automatic] in Step 2.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[More...]
u
[Mobile
networks].
2
[Data roaming]
u
Read the note
and tap [Yes].
Settings for overseas use
Setting network mode
Setting a network operator
Setting data roaming
186
International roaming
When you arrive overseas and turn on the
terminal, an available network is
automatically set.
･
Check that the battery and signal levels are
high enough.
･
Depending on the network operator, even if
the Caller ID notification is active, the caller ID
may not be notified or appear properly.
In this case, calls cannot be made from the call
log.
You can make a call from overseas using the
international roaming service.
･
You can easily make international calls from
the country you stay to Japan or to other
countries by entering prefix "+" and then the
country code and phone number.
1
From the Home screen,
u
"Dial"
tab.
2
Dial + (touch and hold [0])
u
Enter
Country code, Area code (City
code), a phone number in the
order.
･
If the area code begins with "0", omit "0".
However, "0" may be required to dial to
some country or area such as Italy.
･
To call an overseas "WORLD WING" user,
enter "81" (Japan) for the country code.
3
.
4
When the call is finished, tap [End
call].
❖
Information
･
During international roaming, if you make an
international call to Japan using Phone application,
the "International dialing assist" screen appears. You
can make a call without entering country code from
that screen (P.189).
Making/Receiving a call in
the country you stay
Making a call to outside
country you stay (including
Japan)
187
International roaming
You can make a call by entering the phone
number of the other party's land-line phone
or mobile phone in the same way you do in
Japan.
1
From the Home screen,
u
"Dial"
tab.
2
Enter a phone number.
･
To make a call to land-line phone, enter
the area code (city code) + other party's
phone number.
3
.
4
When the call is finished, tap [End
call].
When the other party uses international
roaming service, make a call as an
international call to Japan even when you
stay in the same country as the other party.
You can receive a call using the international
roaming service.
1
While receiving a call, drag
(left) to (right).
2
When the call is finished, tap [End
call].
❖
Information
･
When you received a call during the international
roaming, regardless of which country the call is from,
it is forwarded internationally from Japan. A caller is
charged for a call fee to Japan, and the receiver is
charged for a reception fee.
Making a call from the other party
■
Having someone make a call from
Japan to the country you stay.
To have the other party make a call from a
land-line phone or mobile phone in Japan
to the terminal in the country you stay, the
other party only needs to dial the phone
number as in Japan.
Making a call within the
country you stay
Making a call to WORLD WING
user overseas
Receiving a call in the country
you stay
188
International roaming
■
Having someone make a call from
other than Japan to the country you
stay
You have to receive a call through Japan no
matter where you are; therefore, the other
party needs to enter the international call
access code and "81" (Country code of
Japan).
International access code - 81 - 90 (or 80) -
XXXX - XXXX
Make settings for using international
roaming or international calls.
･
For some overseas network operators,
settings may not be made.
1
From the Home,
u
.
2
[Call settings]
u
[Roaming
settings].
International roaming
settings
Restricting
incoming calls
Set whether to restrict incoming calls
during international roaming.
Incoming call
notification on
roaming
Set whether to notify with SMS if you
cannot receive calls because of out of
service etc. during international
roaming.
Roaming
guidance
Set whether to notify the caller of
international roaming.
International
dial assist
P. 1 8 9
Network
service
P. 1 8 9
189
International roaming
1
From the Home screen,
u
.
2
[Call settings]
u
[Roaming
settings].
3
[International dial assist].
Set network service such as voice mail from
overseas.
･
You need to set "Remote operation settings"
to activate in advance (P.84).
･
If you make the settings overseas, you are
charged a call fee to Japan from the country
you stay.
･
For some overseas network operators,
settings may not be made.
1
From the Home screen,
u
.
2
[Call settings]
u
[Roaming
settings].
3
[Network service]
u
Select a target
service.
4
[OK]
u
Operate according to the
guidance.
Setting International dialing
assist
Auto
conversion
International prefix or country code is
automatically added.
Country code
[OK]
u
Select a country code which
will be used for auto conversion.
International
prefix
[OK]
u
Select an international prefix
which will be used for auto
conversion.
Setting Network service
(overseas)
Voicemail
(charged)
Set whether to start Voice mail
service.
Select a target operation.
Incoming call
notific.
(charged)
Set whether to start Incoming
notification on roaming.
Caller ID
request
(charged)
Set whether to start Caller ID display
request service.
Roaming
guidance
(charged)
Set whether to start Roaming
guidance.
Remote
operation
(charged)
Set whether to start Remote
operation.
Call
forwarding
(charged)
Set whether to start Call forwarding.
Select a target operation.
190
International roaming
When you return to Japan, the terminal is
connected to DOCOMO network
automatically. If connection is failed, perform
the following operations.
･
Set "Network Mode" to "LTE (preferred)/3G/
GSM" (P.185).
･
Set "Search mode" to "Automatic" in "Service
providers" (P.185).
After returning to Japan
191
Appendix/Index
Appendix/Index
A variety of optional devices allows you to
expand the terminal's capabilities by
supporting a wide range of purpose,
including personal and business uses.
Some accessories are only available in some
areas.
For details, please contact a sales outlet such
as docomo Shop.
For details on optional devices, see the users
manual of each device.
･
Carry Case 02
･
Pocket charger 01/02
･
AC Adapter 03/04
･
DC Adapter 03
･
Desktop Holder SO19
･
AC Adapter Converter Plug TypeC 01
･
Micro USB Cable 01
･
AC Adapter cable SO03
･
1Seg antenna cable SO01
･
Wireless Earphone Set 03
･
DriveNetCradle 01
*1
･
SmartTV dstick 01
･
L-03E
*2
*1 You can use it with the base mounted to
dashboard in combination with included
spacer (sample).
*2 Only supported as a charger to feed the
terminal battery.
･
First, check if the software update is necessary
for the terminal. If necessary, perform the
software update (P.203, P.209).
･
When checking the following items not to
improve the state, contact the phone number
given in "Repairs" the last page of this manual
(in Japanese only) or DOCOMO-specified
repair office.
Optional and related
devices
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
192
Appendix/Index
■
Power supply
Cannot power on the terminal.
･
Check if the battery is not run out.
→
P.31
Screen is frozen, the power cannot be
turned off.
･
When the screen freezes or the power
cannot be turned off, open the docomo
mini UIM card slot cover
u
Press and hold
red OFF button for approximately 3
seconds and release it when the terminal
vibrates 3 times to force stop.
Alternatively, press
P
and volume up
key simultaneously for approximately 3
seconds and release them when the
terminal vibrates 3 times to force stop.
→
P.36
* Note that some data and settings may be
erased due to force-quit operation.
■
Charging
Cannot charge (The notification LED does
not turn on, or the icon does not indicate
charging status.)
･
Check if the adapter's power plug or
cigarette lighter plug is correctly inserted
to an outlet or cigarette lighter socket.
･
Check if the adapter cable and the
terminal are set correctly.
→
P.34
･
When using the AC Adapter 04 (optional),
check if the microUSB plug of the AC
adapter is connected to the terminal or
supplied desktop holder correctly.
→
P.32,
P.34
･
In case of using the desktop holder, are
the terminal's contacts for the desktop
holder dirty? Clean the contacts with a dry
cotton swab etc. if they are dirty.
･
When using Micro USB Cable 01
(optional), check if the PC is turned on.
･
If you execute calls, communications or
other function operations for a long time
while charging, the terminal may become
hot and the notification LED turns off
(charging stops) or battery level may
become low. In this case, wait until the
temperature of the terminal drops and
charge again.
The notification LED blinks in red and the
terminal cannot be operated.
･
When the battery level is low, charge the
battery.
→
P.31
193
Appendix/Index
■
Terminal operation
Become hot while operating/charging.
･
While calling, depending on the radio
wave condition or call duration time, the
terminal may become hot. This condition
is not abnormal.
･
While operating or charging, or if you
watch 1Seg, record video, etc. for a long
time while charging the battery, the
terminal, internal battery or adapter may
become hot. There is no problem about
operation and continue to use it.
The operation time provided by the
battery is short.
･
Is the terminal left for a long time under
the state of out of service area?
Out of service area, a lot of power is
consumed to search available radio
waves.
･
The operating time of the battery varies
depending on the operating
environment and the degradation level of
the internal battery.
→
P.31
･
The internal battery is a consumable part.
Each time it is charged, time available with
each charging reduces.
If the operation time becomes too short
with fully charged state, contact "Repairs"
on the last page (in Japanese only) or a
DOCOMO-specified repair office.
Operations are not possible when tapping
or pressing keys.
･
Check if the power is turned off.
→
P.36
･
Check if you activate the screen lock.
→
P.162
･
When Preferred apps settings is set to
"Xperia
™
", the lock screen cannot be
canceled by flicking (swiping) the screen
up or down, Touch exploration in
TalkBack may be enabled. If Touch
exploration in TalkBack is enabled, flick
(swipe) the screen with two fingers up or
down.
→
P.167
･
When you touch the screen at a right
angle by gloved finger with "Glove mode"
ON, operation may not be performed
well. Use a ball of finger to touch the
screen for operation.
→
P.153
The screen reacts slowly when you tap or
press keys.
･
When large amount of data is saved in the
terminal or transferring large-size data
between the terminal and microSD card,
the reactions on the screen may be
delayed.
The docomo mini UIM card is not
recognized.
･
Check if the docomo mini UIM card is
attached in the right direction.
→
P.29
194
Appendix/Index
The clock is not on time.
･
The clock time may become wrong when
the power is turned on for a long time.
Check if "Automatic date & time" and
"Automatic time zone" are marked and
turn the power off and on in a place with
strong radio wave conditions.
→
P.166
The terminal operation is unstable.
･
Instability may be caused by applications
that you installed after purchasing the
terminal. If the symptom is improved
when you boot the terminal in safe mode
(near default state), uninstalling the
installed application may improve the
symptom.
To boot the terminal in safe mode, press
and hold
P
for over a second with the
terminal OFF until XPERIA logo appears,
and then touch and hold the volume
down key. When safe mode is booted,
"Safe mode" is displayed at the lower left
of the screen.
To exit the safe mode, turn power OFF
and then ON.
Alternatively, with the power on, press
and hold
P
for over a second
u
Touch
and hold [Power off]
u
Tap [OK] to restart
the terminal in Safe mode.
* Back up the necessary data before using
safe mode.
* Some widgets that you created may be
removed.
* Safe mode is not a normal booting state.
To use ordinarily, exit the safe mode.
Applications cannot be operated properly
(applications cannot be activated, or
errors occur frequently).
･
Are there any applications being
disabled? Enable disabled applications,
then retry.
→
P.157
■
Phone call
Cannot make a call even if you press
button.
･
Check if you activate Airplane mode.
→
P.147
The ringtone does not sound.
･
Is "Ringtone & notifications" in Volumes
set to silent?
→
P.153
･
Check if the following functions are
activated.
-Silent mode
→
P.41
-Airplane mode
→
P.147
･
Is the ring time for Voice mail service or
Call forwarding service "0 sec."?
→
P.84
･
Check if Pick up after in Answering
Machine is set to 0 second.
→
P.83
･
Check if you set call rejection.
→
P.84, P.85
195
Appendix/Index
Cannot call (Even when moving, does
not disappear, or although radio waves
are enough, making/receiving calls is
unavailable.)
･
Turn the power OFF and ON, or remove
and attach docomo mini UIM card.
→
P.29,
P.36
･
Due to the nature of radio waves, making/
receiving calls may be unavailable even
when "not out of service area" or "
appears on the display for the radio wave
condition". Move to the other place and
call again.
･
Check if you set call rejection.
→
P.84, P.85
･
Due to the crossing of radio waves, at the
crowded public places, calls/mails are
crossed and the connection status may
not be good. Move to other place or call
again at other time.
■
Display
The display is dim.
･
Check if Sleep is set in short time period.
→
P.153
･
Check if the brightness of screen is
changed.
→
P.154
･
If you mark "Adapt to lighting conditions"
in Brightness, screen brightness is
changed according to the ambient
brightness.
→
P.154
･
Check if Low battery mode in Power
management is ON.
→
P.156
･
Check if you cover the Proximity sensor
with a sticker etc.
→
P.28
･
When the temperature of the terminal
becomes high while using, the display
may become darker. It is not abnormal.
■
Sound
During a voice call, the distant party's
voice is hard to listen to or too loud.
･
Check if the listening volume is changed.
→
P.82
･
Set the equalizer to adjust sound quality
during a call.
→
P.85
･
Enable Speaker voice enhancement, Slow
talk to make the caller's voice clear to
understand.
→
P.85
■
Mail
Mail is not received automatically.
･
Check if you set "Inbox check frequency"
in account settings to "Manual".
→
P.97
■
Camera
Still pictures and video taken with the
camera are blurred.
･
Check if clouds, dirt or film attach to the
lens of camera.
･
Use "Superior auto" for the capturing
mode.
→
P.118
･
When the capturing mode is set to
"Manual", you can focus on using Focus
mode.
→
P.123
196
Appendix/Index
･
Set Image stabilizer/SteadyShot
™
and
shoot.
→
P.123
･
To shoot a portrait image, use "Face
Detection".
→
P.127
Photo or video shot with flash is whitish.
･
If there is your finger or cover around the
camera lens, flash light may reflect and
affect photo or video shooting.
■
1Seg
Unable to watching 1Seg.
･
Are you out of terrestrial digital TV
broadcasting service area or in a place
where airwave is weak?
→
P.110
･
Check if channels in the current location
are saved.
→
P.113
■
Osaifu-Keitai
Osaifu-Keitai function is unavailable.
･
When activating Omakase Lock, Osaifu-
Keitai functions are unavailable regardless
of the NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock settings.
･
Check if NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock setting is
set.
→
P.107
･
Check if you place mark of the terminal
over an IC card reader?
→
P.106
■
International roaming
Cannot use the terminal overseas (when
is displayed)
･
Do you subscribe WORLD WING?
Check if you subscribe WORLD WING.
Cannot use the terminal overseas (when
is displayed)
･
Check if you are out of the international
roaming service area or in an area with
poor signal strength. Check if the service
area and network operator are available,
referring to "Mobile Phone User's Guide
[International Services]" or DOCOMO
International Services website.
･
Change the network settings or overseas
network operator settings.
- Set "Network Mode" to "LTE (preferred)/
3G/GSM".
→
P.185
- Set "Search mode" to "Automatic" in
"Service providers".
→
P.185
･
Turning the power off and on may solve
the problem.
→
P.36
Cannot perform data communication
overseas.
･
Mark "Data roaming".
→
P.185
The terminal suddenly became
unavailable while using overseas.
･
Check if usage amount exceeds the limit
of maximum charges for use.
For use of "International roaming (WORLD
WING)", the limit of maximum charges for
use is set in advance. If exceeding the limit
of maximum charges for use, pay the
charges.
197
Appendix/Index
Cannot receive calls overseas.
･
Is "Restricting incoming calls" set to
"Activate restriction"?
→
P.188
No caller ID is notified/a notified caller ID
is different from that of the caller/
functions for using contents saved in
phonebook or those using Caller ID
notification do not operate.
･
Even if a caller notifies its caller ID, it is not
displayed on the terminal unless the
network or network operator notifies it.
And a different caller ID may be notified
depending on the network or network
operator you use.
■
Data management
Data transfer is not performed.
･
Check if USB hub is used. If you use USB
hub, operations may not be performed
correctly.
Data saved in microSD card is not
displayed.
･
Remove and attach the microSD card.
→
P.169
When trying to display an image, "
×
"
appears instead of it.
Or "
×
" appears for the demo play or the
preview function.
･
"
×
" may appear instead of destroyed
image data.
■
Bluetooth function
The terminal cannot be connected to a
Bluetooth communication device/A
Bluetooth communication device cannot
be found from the terminal.
･
Make Bluetooth communication device
(commercial item) registering stand-by
state and then register the device on the
terminal. If you delete already registered
device and register the device again as a
new device, delete the registrations on
both Bluetooth communication device
(commercial item) and the terminal and
then perform registration of the devices.
→
P.173
Calls cannot be made from the terminal
connecting to external device such as car
navigation or handsfree device.
･
If calls are made several times when the
other party does not answer or is out of
service, the call to this number may be
disabled. In this case, turn terminal off and
on.
198
Appendix/Index
■
Map/GPS
Cannot set AUTO-GPS service
information.
･
Check if the battery level is low and AUTO-
GPS function stops.
If AUTO-GPS stops due to "Low-power
operation settings", AUTO-GPS service
information cannot be set. In this case, set
"Low-power operation settings" to "Not
suspend" or charge the battery.
→
P.31,
P.158
･
Check if "AUTO-GPS operation settings" is
marked.
→
P.158
●
No service
･
The terminal is out of service area, or the
received signal is too weak. Move to a
location where radio signal can be
reached.
･
The docomo mini UIM card is not working
properly.
Insert the docomo mini UIM card in
another terminal. If this works, it is
probably the terminal that is causing the
problem. In this case, contact "Repairs" on
the last page of this manual (in Japanese
only).
Removing and inserting docomo mini
UIM card may solve the problem.
●
Mobile network not available
Install docomo mini UIM card correctly
(P.29), then move to a location where radio
signal reaches.
●
Normal calls are restricted by access
control.
Appears when normal voice call service is
hard to receive because communication
lines are busy.
●
Emergency calls are restricted by access
control.
Appears when emergency voice call service
is hard to receive because communication
lines are busy.
●
Calls are restricted by access control
Appears when normal/emergency voice
call service is hard to receive because
communication lines are busy.
●
SIM card is locked
Enter your PIN code (P.161) correctly.
●
SIM card is PUK-locked
Enter your PUK (Personal Unblocking Key)
(P.161) correctly.
●
PIN lock disable code is locked.
PIN lock disable code is locked. Please
contact a docomo Shop.
Error messages
199
Appendix/Index
●
Memory is getting low
Available memory space in the terminal is
low. If you continue to use the terminal,
some functions or applications may not
work. Activate the setting screen and select
unnecessary applications, then tap
[Uninstall] to delete the applications (P.157).
●
Memory full.
There is no memory space in the microSD
card. Delete unnecessary data (P.171) to
save the memory space.
By sharing screens of your terminal with NTT
DOCOMO, you can receive technical support
to make settings (in Japanese only).
･
This service is not available when your
docomo mini UIM card is not inserted, during
international roaming, or in Airplane mode.
･
Smartphone Anshin Remote Support is a
service requiring subscription.
･
Some operations and settings are not
supported.
･
For details on Smartphone Anshin Remote
Support, refer to NTT DOCOMO website.
1
Call
スマートフォン遠隔サポートセン
ター
(Remote support center for
smartphone).
0120-783-360
Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.,
open all year round
･
To make a call to the Remote support
center for smartphone from the
terminal, from the Home screen,
u
[
遠隔サポート
(Remote support)]
u
[
この
スマートフォンから発信する
(Make a call
from this smartphone)]
u
Tap .
2
From the Home screen,
u
[
遠隔サ
ポート
(Remote support)].
･
When you use for the first time, agree to
"
ソフトウェア使用許諾書
(License
Agreement)".
3
[
遠隔サポートの接続画面に進む
(Go to
Remote support connection
screen)]
u
[
同意する
(Agree)].
4
Enter connection number notified
by DOCOMO.
5
Remote support starts when you
are connected.
スマートフォンあんしん遠隔サ
ポート
(Smartphone Anshin
Remote Support)
200
Appendix/Index
･
Make sure that the warranty is received with
the terminal upon purchase. Check to be sure
that "
販売店名・お買い上げ日
(the name of the
retailer, date of purchase)", and other items
have been filled out on the warranty before
storing it in a safe place. If any necessary
information is not provided, immediately
contact the retailer and request to complete
the warranty. The terminal comes with a year's
free warranty starting from the date of
purchase.
･
Specifications of this product and its
accessories are subject to change for
improvement without prior notice.
･
Data saved in the Contacts etc. may be
changed/lost due to the trouble/repairs or
handling of the terminal. DOCOMO
recommends making a copy of the
Phonebook data etc., in case.
* You can save Phonebook data in a microSD
card inserted to the terminal.
* Data such as phonebook entries can be
backed up to Data center using Data Security
Service.
If you have problems with the
terminal
Before asking repair, see "Troubleshooting"
(P.191) in this manual to check the problem. If
the problem still persists, contact "Repairs"
on the last page (in Japanese only).
If repair is required resultingly
Bring the terminal to the DOCOMO-specified
repair office. However, it must be taken
during business hours of the repair office.
Make sure to bring a warranty card with the
product when you visit the shop. Note that
repair may take some days depending on the
problem.
* Recycled parts which meets DOCOMO
quality standard may be used for repairs.
Warranty and After Sales
Services
Warranty
After Sales Services
201
Appendix/Index
■
Within the warranty period
･
We repair the terminal free of charge
based on the terms documented in the
warranty.
･
When requesting a repair, make sure to
bring the warranty card with the terminal.
Repair requests that are not accompanied
by the warranty or that involve
malfunction and damage due to incorrect
handling by the owner (damage of liquid
crystal, connector, etc.) will only be
repaired at the owner's expense, even if
the warranty period is still effective.
･
Malfunction due to use of devices and
consumable parts other than those
specified by DOCOMO will only be
repaired at the owner's expense, even if
the warranty period is still effective.
■
Note that repair may be refused in the
following cases:
･
When the terminal has corrosion due to
wet by liquid, condensation, perspiration,
etc. or the internal circuit board is
damaged or deformed (we may not be
able to repair when the microUSB jack,
headset jack, liquid crystal, etc. is
damaged or the frame itself is cracked)
based on the result of our examination.
* Even if repair is possible, it will be done at the
owner's expense, as this type of corrosion or
damage is not covered by the warranty.
■
If the warranty period expires
We will repair the terminal at the owner's
expense.
■
Parts stock period
The functional parts necessary to repair the
terminal will be basically available for a
minimum of 4 years after the manufacture is
discontinued.
However, depending on the defective
portion, repair may not be possible because
of a shortage of repair parts. Note that repair
may still be possible depending on the
defective portion even if the stock period
has expired. Contact "Repairs" on the last
page (in Japanese only).
Precautions
●
Never modify the terminal or accessories.
･
Doing so may result in fire, injuries or
malfunctions.
･
The modified terminal may be repaired
only if the owner agrees on that all the
modified parts are restored to the original
conditions.
However, repairs may be refused
depending on the modifications.
The following cases may be considered as
modifications.
- Put a seal etc. on the liquid crystal or key
part
202
Appendix/Index
- Glued decorations on the terminal using
adhesion bond, etc.
- Change the parts such as exterior to
other than DOCOMO standard parts
･
Malfunction and damage due to
modifications will be repaired at the
owner's expense, even if the warranty
period is still effective.
●
Do not remove the inscription sticker on
the terminal.
･
Note that if the inscription sticker is
removed or is replaced with a different
sticker, it may disqualify the terminal from
repairs.
●
Note that the settings and other
information may be reset (cleared) as a
result of malfunction, repair or other
handling. In this case, make the settings
again.
●
After the repair, Wi-Fi MAC address or
Bluetooth address may be changed
regardless of the repaired parts.
●
Materials that generate magnetic fields are
used in the following parts of the terminal.
Do not hold an object that is easily
affected by magnetism, such as a cash
card, close to the terminal. You may not
be able to use the card any more.
Where they are used: Microphone/Speaker,
earpiece/notification LED
●
The terminal is waterproof. If inside of the
terminal gets wet or moist, however, turn
the power off, then bring the terminal to a
repair office as soon as possible. Note that
repair may not be possible depending on
the condition of the terminal.
Precautions on memory dial
(Phonebook function) and
downloaded data
Note that data you created or data you
retrieved or downloaded from sources other
than your terminal may be changed or lost
when you change the model or have repairs
done to the terminal. DOCOMO shall have no
liability for any change or loss of any kind.
Under some circumstances, DOCOMO may
replace your terminal with its equivalent
instead of repairing it.
203
Appendix/Index
It is a function to connect to a network and
check if software update for SO-03F is
required, then update software if required.
Software update is announced on NTT
DOCOMO website.
･
There are following 3 methods for update.
- Automatic Update : Update file is
downloaded automatically and write it at
the set time. When the rewrite start time is
not set, software is automatically rewritten
between 2 a.m. and 5 a.m.
- Immediate Update : Update immediately.
- Reserved Update : Update at the reserved
time automatically.
❖
Information
･
Software update can be performed with data, such
as phonebook entries, images, mails, downloaded
data, remained in the terminal; note that data
protection sometimes cannot be secured according
to the conditions of your terminal (such as
malfunction, damage, or water leak). DOCOMO
recommends backing up necessary data. However
some data such as downloaded data may not be
backed up.
Using software update
･
Software update should be done with battery
fully charged. You are recommended to
connect charging cable when updating
software.
･
Software cannot be updated in the following
cases.
-During a call
- When
圏外
(out of service area) is displayed
*
- During international roaming
*
-Airplane mode
*
- Tethering in use
- While upgrading Android software
- When date and time are not set correctly
- When the remaining battery is not sufficient
for software update
- When the available memory of the terminal
is not sufficient for software update
* When the terminal is out of service area or during
international roaming, updating software is not
available even though you are connected via Wi-
Fi.
･
Software update (downloading or rewriting)
may take time.
･
Making/Receiving calls, communications
functions and other functions are disabled
during software update. Only incoming calls
can be answered while downloading.
･
Stay in a place with strong radio wave
condition when updating software. Software
update may be canceled if the radio wave
condition is not good enough.
Software update
204
Appendix/Index
･
If software update is not needed, "No update
is needed." appears.
･
During international roaming or when the
terminal is out of service area, "When docomo
network is not available, or during roaming,
software update is not available even if Wi-Fi is
connected." or "When docomo network is not
available, or during roaming, install cannot be
started even if Wi-Fi is connected." appears.
The same messages appear even while
connecting via Wi-Fi.
･
Messages (SMS) sent during software update
are stored in the SMS center.
･
When updating software, your private
information concerning SO-03F (model, serial
number, etc.) is automatically sent to the
server for software update managed by
DOCOMO. DOCOMO does not use the sent
information for purposes except software
update.
･
If software update fails, the terminal may not
activate or message indicating that software
update fails appears and all operations may
become unavailable. In that case, please bring
the terminal to DOCOMO-specified repair
office.
･
While updating software, do not activate
other applications.
Update file is automatically downloaded and
software is updated at the specified time.
Setting Software update
･
The settings of Software Update is set to
"Automatic Update" by default.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[About phone]
u
[Software Update].
2
[Configure the software update].
3
[Automatic Update]/[Manual
Update].
Updating software
automatically
205
Appendix/Index
When software update is necessary
If the update file is downloaded
automatically, appears on the status bar.
･
When the rewrite start time is reached with
displayed, software is automatically
rewritten. When the rewrite start time is not
set, software is automatically rewritten
between 2 a.m. and 5 a.m.
1
Drag the status bar
u
Tap
notification of Software update.
･
Software update notice screen appears.
2
Perform a target operation.
･
"OK" : Return to the Home screen.
Updating starts when the preset time
reaches.
･
"Set Time" : Reserved update
→
"Reserving software update" (P.206)
･
"Start update" : Update immediately
→
"Updating software immediately"
(P.205)
❖
Information
･
If the software is not updated when the update
notification is received, appears on the status bar
to notify.
･
If software update at the preset time could not be
performed, the software update will be performed at
the same time the following day.
･
Software cannot be updated automatically when the
Auto-update setting is set to "Manual Update" or
while updating software by Now update.
Software update starts immediately.
･
There are 2 ways to activate software update:
activating from Software update notice
screen and activating from the menu.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[About phone]
u
[Software Update].
2
[Start the software update]
u
[Yes].
･
For activating from Software update
notice screen, display the Software
update notice screen
u
[Start update].
･
"Ready for update. Please refrain from
starting other application." is displayed,
then rewriting starts automatically. Tap
[OK] to start rewriting automatically.
･
While updating the software, all key
operations become disabled. Also,
updating cannot be canceled.
･
When the software update is complete,
the terminal restarts and the Home
screen is displayed.
❖
Information
･
If software update is not needed, "No update is
needed." is displayed.
Updating software
immediately
206
Appendix/Index
■
Post-update display
appears on the status bar. Drag the
status bar downwards
u
Tap the
notification, a message indicating that
software update is complete appears.
You can preset time to update the software if
you want to specify another time for
installing the update file.
1
Display the Software update
notice screen
u
[Set Time].
2
Set a time
u
[Set].
■
When the reserved time is reached
When the reserved time is reached, "Ready
for update. Please refrain from starting other
application." appears, then rewriting starts
automatically.
❖
Information
･
While updating the software, all key operations
become disabled. Also, updating cannot be
canceled.
･
If software update could not be started at the preset
time, the software update will be performed at the
same time the following day.
･
While upgrading Android software, software update
is not executed even when the set time arrives.
･
When an alarm etc. is set at the same time as the
reserved time, priority will be given to the software
update.
･
If SO-03F is turned OFF at the reserved time, the
software update starts at the same time as the
reserved time after the terminal is turned ON.
･
If (Software update was suspended Please check
the remaining internal storage capacity and retry.)
appears on the status bar during software update,
make sure that sufficient memory remains on the
phone memory and retry to update.
･
If (Software update was suspended Please check
the status of the handset and retry.) appears on the
status bar during software update, make sure that
the terminal is not in the following states and retry to
update.
-No signal
- Interfered by some function
Reserving software update
207
Appendix/Index
This function allows you to connect the
network, check if Android software in the
terminal needs to be upgraded, and
download update file to upgrade if
necessary.
Check the notification icon (Upgrade Android
software) on the status bar or the NTT
DOCOMO website for available Android
software.
The following updates are applied to the
terminal by Upgrade Android software.
･
Improving and adding functions
･
Operability enhancement
･
Improving quality
･
Security patch update
To use the terminal in safety and more
comfortably, be sure to upgrade to the latest
version.
❖
Information
･
Upgrade Android software can be done with data
saved to the terminal; note that data may not be
always safe depending on the conditions of your
terminal (such as malfunction, damage, or water
leak). DOCOMO recommends backing up necessary
data in advance. However some data may not be
backed up.
Using Upgrade Android software
･
When Upgrade Android software is
performed, restoring the previous Android
software is not possible.
･
Upgrade Android software with the battery
fully charged.
･
For Upgrade Android software, docomo mini
UIM card is needed. For using packet
communication, subscription to sp-mode is
required.
･
Exit from all applications before upgrading
Android software. Activating applications
while upgrading may interrupt Upgrade
Android software.
･
Do not turn off the terminal while upgrading.
･
While performing Upgrade Android software,
all other functions including making/
receiving calls are unavailable.
･
Upgrade Android software is unavailable in
the following cases.
-During a call
- When
圏外
(out of service area) is displayed
- During International roaming
-During Airplane mode
- Tethering in use
- While updating software
- When date and time are not set correctly
- When the remaining battery is not sufficient
- When the remaining memory is not
sufficient
･
Upgrading software may take time.
Upgrade Android software
Upgrade Android software
208
Appendix/Index
･
During international roaming or when the
terminal is out of service area, "When docomo
network is not available, or during roaming,
install cannot be started even if Wi-Fi is
connected." appears.
･
When Upgrade Android software is
performed, some settings are initialized. Make
the settings again.
･
When upgrading Android software, the
private information concerning the terminal
(model, serial number, etc.) is automatically
sent to the server of DOCOMO. DOCOMO
does not use the sent information for
purposes except Upgrade Android software.
･
If Upgrade Android software failed and all
operations become disabled, please contact a
DOCOMO-specified repair office.
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[About phone]
u
[Upgrade Android software].
2
[Start upgrading].
･
"Download now (only via Wi-Fi)" :
Immediately download the update file
via Wi-Fi connection.
･
"Download later (via Wi-Fi or Xi)" :
Download the update file via Wi-Fi
connection or packet communication
at specified time.
･
"Download later (only via Wi-Fi)" :
Download the update file via Wi-Fi at
reserved time. It appears when
downloading via packet
communication is unavailable.
･
"Do not upgrade" : End Upgrade
Android software without upgrading
software.
❖
Information
･
When the latest software is already applied to the
terminal, "No upgrade is needed." appears.
･
If downloading stops halfway, data downloaded
before interruption is retained. To resume
downloading, resume from the notification icon
(Download stopped) on the status bar.
･
When "Download later" is selected, time for
downloading is automatically set. Start time cannot
be changed. If you do not want to download at the
automatically-set time, tap [Upgrade Android
software]
u
[Cancel] to cancel the reservation of
downloading. To download update files, from the
Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[About phone]
u
[Upgrade Android software]
u
[Start upgrading], then
select "Download now (only via Wi-Fi)".
Downloading update file
209
Appendix/Index
When downloading the update files is
complete, installing to the terminal is
available.
･
"Install now" : Immediately install the update
file.
･
"Install later" : Install the update file at reserved
time.
❖
Information
･
When installing is complete, the terminal restarts.
･
When "Install later" is tapped, time for installing is
automatically set. To change the start time, from the
Home screen,
u
[Settings]
u
[About phone]
u
[Upgrade Android software], then change start time.
After Android software is upgraded, from the
Home screen, [Play Store]
uu
[My apps]
etc. to check for updates of applications.
When there are updates for applications,
operations may become unstable or
functions may not work properly without
updating applications.
･
For OS version support information on each
application, contact the application provider.
You can update software by using PC
Companion that can be installed into a PC
from the terminal.
❖
Information
･
To install PC Companion on a PC, an Internet
connection is required.
1
Connect the terminal to a PC using
a microUSB cable.
2
When "Install software" screen
appears on the terminal, [Install].
･
Installer of PC Companion starts on the
PC.
3
Follow the onscreen instructions
on the PC to install.
･
PC Companion starts on the PC after
the installation is complete. If further
software update is searched, it is
automatically notified. Follow the
onscreen instructions on the PC.
Installing update file
After Android software is
upgraded
Connecting to a PC and
updating
When PC Companion is not
installed
210
Appendix/Index
1
Check if PC Companion is activated
on the PC. If not, activate PC
Companion from the Start menu.
2
Connect the terminal to a PC using
a microUSB cable.
3
Operate following the onscreen
instructions on the PC.
･
If available software update is found, it
is automatically notified.
If software update failed and the terminal
does not boot, restore the terminal by
performing restoration using PC Companion.
･
For restoration details, see FAQ in the
following website.
http://www.sonymobile.co.jp/support/ (In
Japanese only)
■
The terminal
PC Companion is already
installed
When software update is failed
Main specification
Product name
SO-03F
Size
Approx. 127 mm
(H)
×
approx. 65 mm
(W)
×
approx. 9.4 mm (T)
(Thickest part:
approx. 9.4 mm)
Weight
Approx. 140 g
Internal memory
ROM : 16GB
RAM : 2 GB
External memory compatible
microSD card of up
to 2GB
microSDHC card of
up to 32GB
microSDXC card of
up to 64GB (as of
December, 2013)
Continuous
stand-by
time
FOMA/3G
Stationary (Auto) :
Approx. 500 hours
GSM
Stationary (Auto) :
Approx. 410 hours
LTE
Stationary (Auto) :
Approx. 450 hours
Continuous
call
time
FOMA/3G
Approx. 580 min.
GSM
Approx. 600 min.
211
Appendix/Index
Charging time
AC Adapter 03 :
(alone) Approx. 200
min., (for Desktop
Holder SO19
combination use)
Approx. 200 min.
AC Adapter 04 :
(alone) Approx. 160
min., (for Desktop
Holder SO19
combination use)
Approx. 160 min.
DC Adapter 03 :
Approx. 220 min.
Continuous 1Seg watching
time
Approx. 500 min.
Display Type/
Colors
TFT (Triluminos
®
Display for Mobile)
16,777,216 colors
Size
Approx. 4.3 inches
Resolution
720 (H)
×
1280 (V)
pixels (HD)
Image
pickup
device
Type
Camera : Backside-
illuminated CMOS
Front camera :
Backside-illuminated
CMOS
Size
Camera : 1/2.3
inches
Front camera : 1/6.9
inches
Camera effective pixels
Camera : Approx.
20,700,000 pixels
Front camera :
Approx. 2,200,000
pixels
Camera recorded pixels (Max.)
Camera : Approx.
20,700,000 pixels
Front camera :
Approx. 2,100,000
pixels
Zoom
Camera :
Max. approx. 8.0x (41
levels)
Front camera :
―
Still picture recording size
Camera :
5248
×
3936 (20.7MP
4:3)
3264
×
2448 (8MP
4:3)
3840
×
2160 (8MP
16:9)
2048
×
1536 (3MP
4:3)
1920
×
1080 (2MP
16:9)
Front camera :
1920
×
1080 (2MP
16:9)
*1
1824
×
1026 (1.8MP
16:9)
*2
1520
×
1140 (1.7MP
4:3)
212
Appendix/Index
*1 Still picture shooting size with "HDR" OFF.
*2 Still picture shooting size with "HDR" ON.
*3 Compatible with IEEE802.11ac draft version. The
terminal may not be able to communicate with
official-version-compatible devices launched in
future or draft-version-compatible devices from
other companies. For compatible products, refer to
each manufacturer website.
*4 It is confirmed that the terminal and all Bluetooth
devices are compliant with Bluetooth standards
designated by Bluetooth SIG, and they are
authenticated. However, procedures may differ or
data transfer may not be possible depending on the
device's characteristics or specifications.
*5 May vary by the signal status and/or whether there
is an interference between communications
devices.
*6 Bluetooth standards for Bluetooth device
connection procedure according to the product's
applications.
Video recording size
Video camera :
1920
×
1080 (Full HD
16:9)
1280
×
720 (HD 16:9)
Front video camera :
1920
×
1080 (Full HD
16:9)
1280
×
720 (HD 16:9)
Frame rate
Max. 30 fps
Wireless LAN
Compliant with
IEEE802.11a/b/g/n/
ac
*3
(Corresponding
frequency band to
IEEE802.11n :
2.4GHz/5GHz)
Bluetooth
Version
4.0
*4
Radio power
power class 1
Available
communication
distance
*5
Within approx. 10 m
Supported
profile/
codec
*6
H F P, H S P, O P P, S P P,
HID, A2DP (aptX/
SBC), AVRCP, PBAP,
PAN (PAN-NAP/
PA N U ) , H D P, P XP,
MAP, DID
Headset
jack
Size
Diameter 3.5 mm
Number of pole
Tetrapolar
213
Appendix/Index
･
Continuous stand-by time is an estimate of
the stand-by time when radio signal
reception is normal. Stationary continuous
stand-by time is the estimated average
operation time when radio signal reception is
normal.
In certain circumstances, the stand-by time
may drop to as low as half the time shown
due to the battery charge, function settings,
temperature, or radio signal reception in the
area (no reception or weak).
･
Continuous call time is an estimate of the
operation time for calling when radio signal
reception is normal.
･
A use of the Internet reduces the actual call
(communication)/stand-by time.
Composing messages or activating the
camera or applications also reduces call
(communication)/stand-by time even if you
do not call or use the Internet.
･
Charging time is an estimate of the time
required to charge a completely empty
internal battery. Under low temperature,
charging may require longer time.
■
Internal battery
■
File format (media)
The terminal supports the display or
playback of the following file formats:
* Still images are saved in JPEG format when shot with
Camera in the terminal.
■
File format (document)
Files of the following versions/extensions
can be viewed on the terminal.
Battery type
Lithium Ion Battery
Voltage
DC3.8V
Current
2300mAh
Type File format
Sound
WAV (PCM, G.711) (.wav), AAC (.3gp, .m4a,
.mp4), AAC+ (.3gp, .m4a, .mp4), eAAC+
(.3gp, .m4a, .mp4), MP3 (.mp3), AMR-NB
(.3gp), AMR-WB (.3gp), MIDI (SP-MIDI/GM/
GML (.mid), XMF (.xmf), Mobile XMF 1.0
(.mxmf), RTTTL/RTX (.rtttl, .rtx), OTA (.ota),
iMelody (.imy)), Ogg Vorbis (.ogg), FLAC
(.flac), PIFF (.isma)
Still
image
*
JPEG (.jpeg, .jpg), GIF (.gif ), PNG (.png), BMP
(.bmp), WEBP (.webp)
Video
H263 (.3gp, .3gpp, .mp4, .m4v), H264 (.3gp,
.3gpp, .mp4, .m4v, .mnv), MPEG4 (.3gp,
.3gpp, .mp4, .m4v), VP8 (.webm, .mkv), Xvid
(.avi, .xvid, .mkv), PIFF (.ismv)
Type Version/Extension
Microsoft
Word
Microsoft Word 97 - 2010/.doc, .docx,
.rtf, .txt, .log, .docm
Microsoft
Excel
Microsoft Excel 97 - 2010/.xls, .xlsx,
.csv, .xlsm
Microsoft
PowerPoint
Microsoft PowerPoint 97 - 2010/.ppt,
.pps, .pptx, .ppsx, .pptm
PDF
Ver1.4 - 1.7/.pdf
214
Appendix/Index
* Some files may not be viewed properly due to
corrupted layouts.
■
Recording time for 1Seg (Estimation)
■
Number of still pictures (Estimation)
* Shot images with a resolution of 1920
×
1080 (2MP)
with file size of 634KB.
■
Time length of shooting video
(Estimation)
* Time of recording with a video resolution of
1280
×
720 (HD).
■
Display language
Japanese/Indonesian/Malay/Sundanese/
Bosnian/Catalan/Czech/Danish/German
(Germany)/German (Liechtenstein)/
German (Austria)/German (Switzerland)/
Esthonian/English (Australia)/English
(Canada)/English (Hong Kong)/English
(India)/English (Ireland)/English (Jamaica)/
English (New Zealand)/English
(Philippines)/English (Singapore)/English
(South Africa)/English (United Kingdom)/
English (United States)/Spanish
(Argentina)/Spanish (Bolivia)/Spanish
(Chile)/Spanish (Colombia)/Spanish (Costa
Rica)/Spanish (Ecuador)/Spanish (El
Salvador)/Spanish (Spain)/Spanish (United
states)/Spanish (Guatemala)/Spanish
(Honduras)/Spanish (Mexico)/Spanish
(Nicaragua)/Spanish (Panama)/Spanish
(Paraguay)/Spanish (Peru)/Spanish (Puerto
Rico)/Spanish (Dominican Republic)/
Spanish (Uruguay )/Spanish (Venezuela)/
Basque/French (Belgique)/French
(Canada)/French (France)/French
(Switzerland)/Galician/Croatian/Icelandic/
Italian (Italy)/Italian (Switzerland)/Javanese/
Latvian/Lithuanian/Hungarian/Dutch
(Belgium)/Dutch (Netherlands)/
Norwegian/Polish/Portuguese (Brazil)/
Recordable time to save to a
microSD card (1GB)
Approx. 320 min.
Savable number of shot
images to the internal
storage
Up to approx. 17,190
images
Savable number of shot
images to a microSD card
(1GB)
Up to approx. 1,570
images
Savable time of
recording to the
internal storage
Per video : Up to approx.
122 min.
In total : Up to approx. 122
min.
Savable time of
recording to a microSD
card (1GB)
Per video : Up to approx. 11
min.
In total : Up to approx. 11
min.
Language
215
Appendix/Index
Portuguese (Portugal)/Romanian/Albanian/
Slovak/Slovene/Serbian/Finnish/Swedish/
Tagalog/Vietnamese/Turkish/Greek/
Bulgar/Kazakh/Macedonian/Russian/
Armenian/Ukrainian/Marathi/Hindu/
Bengalee (Bangladesh)/Bengalee (India)/
Tamil/Telugu/Kannada/Malayalam/Thai/
Korean/Chinese (Traditional)/Chinese
(Simplified)/Chinese (Hong Kong)
■
Text language (Character entry)
Icelandic/Arabic/Albanian/Italian/
Indonesian/Anglo-Indian/Ukrainian/
Esthonian/Dutch/Kazakh/Catalan/Galician/
Greek/Croatian/Javanese/Swedish/
Spanish/Slovak/Slovene/Sundanese/
Serbian/Thai/Tagalog/Tamil/Czech/
Danish/German/Turkish/Norwegian/
Basque/Hungarian/Hindu/Finnish/French/
Bulgarian/Vietnamese/Hebrew word/
Persian/Polish/Bosnian/Portuguese/
Macedonian/Malay/Latvian/Lithuanian/
Romanian/Russian/English/Chinese
(Traditional)/Chinese (Simplified)/Japanese
■
Text language ( Voice input)
Japanese/Afrikaans/Indonesian/Malay/
Catalan/German/English (Australia)/English
(Canada)/English (standard)/English (India)/
English (New Zealand)/English (South
Africa)/English (United Kingdom)/English
(United States)/Spanish (Argentina)/
Spanish (Bolivia)/Spanish (Chile)/Spanish
(Colombia)/Spanish (Costa Rica)/Spanish
(United States)/Spanish (Ecuador)/Spanish
(El Salvador)/Spanish (Spain)/Spanish
(Guatemala)/Spanish (Honduras)/Spanish
(Mexico)/Spanish (Nicaragua)/Spanish
(Panama)/Spanish (Paraguay)/Spanish
(Peru)/Spanish (Puerto Rico)/Spanish
(Dominican Republic)/Spanish (Uruguay)/
Spanish (Venezuela)/Basque/French/
Galician/isiZulu/Italian/Latin/Hungarian/
Dutch/Norwegian/Polish/Portuguese
(Brazil)/Portuguese (Portugal)/Romanian/
Slovak/Finnish/Swedish/Turkish/Icelandic/
Czech/Bulgarian/Russian/Serbian/Hebrew
word (Israel)/Arabic (United Arab Emirates)/
Arabic (Israel)/Arabic (Egypt)/Arabic (Qatar)/
Arabic (Kuwait)/Arabic (Saudi Arabia)/
Arabic (Jordan)/Arabic (Lebanon)/Arabic
(Bahrain)/Arabic (Oman)/Arabic (Palestine)/
Chinese, standard (Taiwan, Traditional)/
Chinese, standard (China, Simplified)/
Chinese, standard (Hong Kong, Simplified)/
Chinese, Cantonese (Hong Kong
Traditional)/Korean
216
Appendix/Index
You can check details of certificate and
compliance mark specific to the terminal
(including certificate number/compliance
number).
1
From the Home screen,
u
[Settings].
2
[About phone]
u
[Legal
information]
u
[Certificates].
Software delivered with this device and its
media is owned by Sony Mobile
Communications AB, and/or its affiliated
companies and its suppliers and licensors.
Sony Mobile grants you a non-exclusive
limited license to use the Software solely in
conjunction with the Device on which it is
installed or delivered.
Ownership of the Software is not sold,
transferred or otherwise conveyed.
Do not use any means to discover the source
code or any component of the Software,
reproduce and distribute the Software, or
modify the Software.
You are entitled to transfer rights and
obligations to the Software to a third party,
solely together with the Device with which
you received the Software, provided the third
party agrees in writing to be bound by the
terms of this Licence.
This licence exists throughout the useful life
of this Device.
It can be terminated by transferring your
rights to the Device to a third party in writing.
Failure to comply with any of these terms and
conditions will terminate the licence
immediately.
Certificate and compliance End User Licence
Agreement
217
Appendix/Index
Sony Mobile and its third party suppliers and
licensors retain all rights, title and interest in
and to the Software.
To the extent that the Software contains
material or code of a third party, such third
parties shall be beneficiaries of these terms.
This licence is governed by the laws of
Sweden.
When applicable, the foregoing applies to
statutory consumer rights.
In the event Software accompanying or
provided in conjunction with your device is
provided with additional terms and
conditions, such provisions shall also govern
your possession and usage of the Software.
This product and its accessories may be
covered and controlled by Japan's export
control regulations ("Foreign Exchange and
Foreign Trade Law" and related laws and
regulations). If you wish to export this
product and/or its accessories, you must
complete the necessary procedures at your
own responsibility and cost. For details about
the procedure, contact the Ministry of
Economy, Trade and Industry.
Export Controls and
Regulations
218
Appendix/Index
About the Copyright and Portrait
rights
Copyrighted contents you recorded or
obtained from sites or Internet home pages
using this product by downloading or other
means, such as documents, images, music
data, software, are prohibited from
reproduction, transformation and
transmission over public lines without
consent of the copyright holders, unless
intended for personal use or any other
purpose permitted by law.
Note that some performances, shows, and
exhibitions may not allow photography,
movie shooting, or sound recording even for
personal use.
You should also refrain from taking a picture
of other people and disclosing it by such
means as posting it on a site on the Internet
without their consent because of possible
infringement of their right of portrait.
Trademarks
The company names and product names
appearing in this manual are trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective
holders.
･
"FOMA", "i-mode", "i-
α
ppli", "Deco-mail", "sp-
mo de", "m opera U ", " WORLD WI NG", " WORLD
CALL", "ToruCa", "iD", "Xi", logo of "ToruCa", logo
of "i-channel", logo of "i-concier", logo of "Xi",
logo of "dmenu" are trademarks or registered
trademarks of NTT DOCOMO, INC.
･
"Bluetooth" is a registered trademark of
Bluetooth SIG. Inc., and Sony Mobile
Communications is licensed to use them.
･
iWnn
©
OMRON SOFTWARE Co., Ltd. 2008-
2013 All Rights Reserved.
･
"Wi-Fi" is a registered trademark of Wi-Fi
Alliance.
･
Wi-Fi Protected Setup, Wi-Fi Protected Setup
logo, WPA, Wi-Fi Direct and Wi-Fi CERTIFIED
Miracast are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi
Alliance.
･
"Catch Phone (Call waiting service)" is a
registered trademark of Nippon Telegraph
and Telephone Corporation.
Intellectual Property Right
219
Appendix/Index
･
Rovi, G-GUIDE, G-GUIDE MOBILE
and their logos are trademarks or
registered trademarks in Japan of
U.S. Rovi Corporation and/or its affiliates.
･
Xperia, TrackID, Info-eye, Socialife and Xperia
Lounge are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Sony Mobile Communications
AB.
･
Media Go is a trademark or registered
trademark of Sony Media Software and
Services.
･
PlayStation, and DUALSHOCK are
trademarks or registered trademarks or Sony
Computer Entertainment Inc.
･
Sony, Sweep Panorama, WALKMAN, X-Reality,
PlayMemories, FeliCa, Reader, Triluminos,
Sony Entertainment Network, TV SideView
and Video Unlimited are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Sony Corporation.
･
SmartAR is an augmented reality technology
developed by Sony Corporation and it is a
registered trademark or trademark in Japan
and other countries.
･
POBox and POBox logo
are registered trademarks
of Sony Computer
Science Laboratories, Inc.
POBox is a co-developed technology of Sony
Computer Science Laboratories, Inc. and Sony
Mobile Communications, Inc.
･
microSD logo, microSDHC logo and
microSDXC logo are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC.
･
is a registered trademark of FeliCa
Networks, Inc.
･
FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology
developed by Sony Corporation.
･
is a trademark or registered trademark of
NFC Forum, Inc. in the US and other countries.
･
"Twitter" is a trademark or registered
trademark of Twitter, Inc.
･
"Google" and "Google" logo, "Android",
"Google Play", "Google+", "Gmail", "Google
Maps", "Hangouts", "Google Calendar",
"YouTube", "Picasa", "Google Chrome" are
trademarks or registered trademarks of
Google, Inc.
･
Facebook and Facebook logo are trademarks
or registered trademarks of Facebook, Inc.
･
"DLNA" and "DLNA" logo are
trademarks or registered
trademarks of the Digital Living Network
Alliance.
220
Appendix/Index
･
MHL, Mobile High-Definition
Link and MHL logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of MHL,
LLC.
･
HDMI, HDMI logo and High-
Definition Multimedia Interface are
trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI
Licensing LLC.
･
MirrorLink and MirrorLink logo are trademarks
or registered trademarks of Car Connectivity
Consortium LLC.
･
Linux is a registered trademark of Linus
Torvalds,individual.
･
"Microsoft", "Windows", "Windows Vista",
"Microsoft Excel", "Microsoft PowerPoint",
"Windows Media", "PlayReady" and "Microsoft
Exchange ActiveSync" are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and other
countries.
･
"Microsoft Word" is a product name of
Microsoft Corporation in the United States.
･
This product contains technology subject to
certain intellectual property rights of
Microsoft. Use or distribution of this
technology outside of this product is
prohibited without the appropriate license(s)
from Microsoft.
･
Content owners use Microsoft PlayReady
content access technology to protect their
intellectual property, including copyrighted
content. This device uses PlayReady
technology to access PlayReady-protected
content and/or WMDRM-protected content.
If the device fails to properly enforce
restrictions on content usage, content owners
may require Microsoft to revoke the device's
ability to consume PlayReady-protected
content. Revocation should not affect
unprotected content or content protected by
other content access technologies. Content
owners may require you to upgrade
PlayReady to access their content. If you
decline an upgrade, you will not be able to
access content that requires the upgrade.
･
This product is licensed under the MPEG-4
visual and AVC patent portfolio license for the
personal and non-commercial use of a
consumer for (i) encoding video in
compliance with the MPEG-4 visual standard
("MPEG-4 video") or the AVC standard ("AVC
video") and/or (ii) decoding MPEG-4 or AVC
video that was encoded by a consumer
engaged in a personal and non-commercial
activity and/or was obtained from a video
provider licensed by MPEG LA to provide
MPEG-4 and/or AVC video. No license is
granted or shall be implied for any other use.
Additional information including that relating
to promotional, internal and commercial uses
and licensing may be obtained MPEG LA,
L.L.C. (See http://www.mpegla.com ). MPEG
221
Appendix/Index
Layer-3 audio decoding technology licensed
from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.
･
This product includes software developed by
the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL
Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)
･
Other product and company names
mentioned herein may be the trademarks of
their respective owners.
In context, TM and
®
mark are omitted.
･
Any rights not expressly granted herein are
reserved. All other trademarks are property of
their respective owners.
This terminal supports SIM unlock. If you
release SIM lock, you can use SIM by a carrier
other than NTT DOCOMO.
･
The SIM unlock service is provided at a
docomo Shop.
･
A SIM unlock charge is separately required.
･
If you use a SIM other than by DOCOMO, LTE
system is not available. Available services and
functions will be limited. DOCOMO is not
liable to any failures or malfunctions.
･
For details of SIM unlock, refer to NTT
DOCOMO website.
SIM unlock
222
Appendix/Index
A
About phone
････････････････････････ 167
Access point
Initializing
･････････････････････････ 148
Setting
････････････････････････････ 147
Accessibility
･････････････････････････ 166
Account
Removing
･････････････････････････ 165
Setting
････････････････････････････ 165
ACCOUNTS
･･････････････････････････ 165
Adjusting sound volume
･･･････････････ 153
Advanced call settings
･･････････････････ 85
Airplane mode
･･･････････････････････ 147
Alarm & clock
････････････････････････ 137
Setting alarm
･･････････････････････ 137
Album
･･････････････････････････････ 128
Answering Machine
････････････････････ 83
Application
Adding to Home screen (docomo Live UX)
75
Adding to Home screen (Xperia Home)
･･ 57
docomo LIVE UX
･････････････････････ 75
List
････････････････････････････････ 53
Searching
･･････････････････････････ 76
Uninstalling (Xperia Home)
････････････ 57
Xperia Home
････････････････････････ 52
Application screen
Adding
････････････････････････････ 53
docomo LIVE UX
･････････････････････ 75
Folder
･････････････････････････････ 57
Recommends
･･･････････････････････ 76
Switching
･･････････････････････････ 52
Xperia Home
････････････････････････ 52
Application update
････････････････････ 167
Applications
Managing
･････････････････････････ 156
Moving
････････････････････････････ 76
Resetting
･･････････････････････････ 157
Uninstalling (application screen)
････････ 75
Uninstalling (docomo LIVE UX)
･････････ 73
Uninstalling (Play Store)
･･････････････ 104
Apps
Settings
･･･････････････････････････ 156
Apps button
docomo LIVE UX
･････････････････････ 72
Xperia Home
････････････････････････ 46
Apps layout setting
････････････････････ 76
Auto rotate
･･･････････････････････････ 41
AUTO-GPS
･･･････････････････････････ 158
B
Backlight
Turning off
･････････････････････････ 37
Turning on
･････････････････････････ 37
Backup & reset
･･･････････････････････ 164
Battery level
･･････････････････････････ 32
Battery usage
････････････････････････ 156
Bluetooth
･･･････････････････････････ 172
Device name
･･･････････････････････ 172
Pair setting
････････････････････････ 173
Receiving
･････････････････････････ 174
Sending
･･･････････････････････････ 174
Bookmark
･･･････････････････････････ 102
Index
223
Appendix/Index
Brightness
･･･････････････････････････ 154
Browser
･････････････････････････････ 100
Adding tab
････････････････････････ 101
Bookmark
･････････････････････････ 102
History
････････････････････････････ 102
Incognito tab
･･････････････････････ 101
Link
･･････････････････････････････ 102
Searching text
･･････････････････････ 101
Settings
･･･････････････････････････ 102
C
Calendar
･････････････････････････････ 54
Call
･･････････････････････････････････ 78
Calling screen
･･･････････････････････ 81
Declining
･･･････････････････････････ 80
Ending
･････････････････････････････ 81
Making
････････････････････････････ 78
Mute
･･････････････････････････････ 81
Receiving
･･････････････････････････ 80
Speaker
････････････････････････････ 81
Call Blocking
･･････････････････････････ 85
Call forwarding service
･･････････････････ 84
Call history
･･･････････････････････････ 82
Adding to Phonebook
････････････････ 82
Deleting
･･･････････････････････････ 83
Call notification
････････････････････････ 84
Call settings
･･･････････････････････････ 84
Call Waiting
･･･････････････････････････ 84
Caller ID display request service
･･････････ 84
Caller ID notification
････････････････････ 84
Camera
･････････････････････････････ 116
Activating
･････････････････････････ 117
AR effect
･･････････････････････････ 119
Capturing mode
････････････････････ 118
Face detection
･････････････････････ 127
Info-eye
･･･････････････････････････ 119
Key operation
･･････････････････････ 118
Manual
･･･････････････････････････ 119
Picture effect
･･･････････････････････ 119
Quick launch
･･･････････････････････ 127
Recording videos
･･･････････････････ 121
Settings
･･･････････････････････････ 122
Shooting screen
････････････････････ 117
Shooting still pictures
･･･････････････ 120
Smile Shutter
･･････････････････････ 128
Social live by Bambuser
･･････････････ 119
Superior auto
･･････････････････････ 118
Sweep Panorama
･･･････････････････ 119
Timeshift burst
･････････････････････ 119
Changing theme
･･･････････････････････ 49
Character entry
････････････････････････ 61
Edit
･･･････････････････････････････ 66
Input method
･･･････････････････････ 62
Settings
････････････････････････････ 66
Charging
･････････････････････････････ 31
Desktop Holder
･･････････････････････ 32
Using a PC
･･････････････････････････ 35
Using AC adapter
････････････････････ 34
Using DC adapter
････････････････････ 34
Chrome
･･････････････････････････････ 54
Connecting DLNA device
･･･････････････ 179
Media server setting
･････････････････ 179
Connecting to a PC
････････････････････ 176
Connecting TV
･･･････････････････････ 180
Contact docomo
･･･････････････････････ 85
Contact Picker 2.3
･･････････････････････ 71
Contacts
･････････････････････････････ 53
224
Appendix/Index
D
Data Storage Box
･･････････････････････ 56
Data usage
･･････････････････････････ 145
Date & time
･･････････････････････････ 166
Daydream
･･･････････････････････････ 154
DEVICE
･･････････････････････････････ 151
Dial
･････････････････････････････････ 53
Dictionary
English user dictionary
････････････････ 71
Japanese user dictionary
･･････････････ 71
Disaster kit
･･･････････････････････････ 56
Display
･･････････････････････････････ 153
dmarket
･････････････････････････････ 103
dmenu
･･････････････････････････････ 103
docomo apps password
････････････････ 158
docomo backup
･･････････････････････ 139
docomo mail
･･････････････････････････ 91
docomo mini UIM card
･･････････････････ 29
Precautions
･････････････････････････ 19
docomo service/cloud
･････････････････ 158
docomo voice input
････････････････････ 61
docomo Wi-Fi Easy Connection
･･･････････ 56
E
Early Warning "Area Mail"
････････････････ 99
Earpiece volume
･･･････････････････････ 82
Email
････････････････････････････････ 94
Deleting
･･･････････････････････････ 96
Forwarding
･････････････････････････ 96
Initial settings
･･･････････････････････ 94
Receiving
･･････････････････････････ 95
Replying
･･･････････････････････････ 96
Saving attachment file
････････････････ 96
Sending
････････････････････････････ 95
Email account
Changing
･･････････････････････････ 97
Settings
････････････････････････････ 94
Emergency call
････････････････････････ 78
English guidance
･･････････････････････ 84
Equalizer
Call settings
････････････････････････ 85
Operation during a call
･･･････････････ 81
Extensions
････････････････････････････ 71
F
Facebook
･････････････････････････････ 53
File Commander
･･････････････････････ 170
FM radio
････････････････････････････ 115
Force stop
････････････････････････････ 36
G
Gmail
････････････････････････････････ 98
Google
･･････････････････････････････ 165
Google Maps
･････････････････････････ 135
Current location
････････････････････ 135
Displaying information
･･････････････ 136
Getting direction
･･･････････････････ 136
Search
････････････････････････････ 136
Street View
････････････････････････ 135
Google Settings
･･･････････････････････ 54
Google Voice Search
････････････････････ 60
Google voice typing
････････････････････ 61
Google+
･････････････････････････････ 54
GPS
Activate
･･･････････････････････････ 134
GPS function
･････････････････････････ 133
225
Appendix/Index
H
Hanashite Hon'yaku
････････････････････ 56
Hangouts
････････････････････････････ 55
HDMI
･･･････････････････････････････ 180
Home application
docomo
････････････････････････････ 72
Switching
･･････････････････････････ 59
Xperia
･････････････････････････････ 46
Home screen
･･････････････････････････ 46
Adding (docomo LIVE UX)
･････････････ 74
Adding (Xperia Home)
････････････････ 47
Deleting (docomo LIVE UX)
････････････ 74
Deleting (Xperia Home)
･･･････････････ 47
docomo LIVE UX
･････････････････････ 72
Folder (docomo LIVE UX)
･･････････････ 72
Folder (Xperia Home)
･････････････････ 48
Kisekae
････････････････････････････ 73
Shortcut
･･･････････････････････････ 48
Simple Home
･･･････････････････････ 49
Wallpaper (docomo LIVE UX)
･･･････････ 74
Wallpaper (Xperia Home)
･･････････････ 48
Widget (docomo LIVE UX)
･････････････ 72
Xperia
･････････････････････････････ 46
I
IC Tag/Barcode Reader
･･････････････････ 56
i-channel
･････････････････････････････ 56
i-concier
･････････････････････････････ 56
iD application
････････････････････････ 108
Initial settings
･････････････････････････ 38
Input support
･････････････････････････ 70
International call
Making a call from Japan
･･････････････ 79
Making a call in the country you stay
･･･ 186
International roaming service
･･･････････ 182
J
Japanese syllabary keyboard
･････････････ 62
K
Kana handwriting input
･････････････････ 62
Kanji handwriting input
･････････････････ 62
Key icons
･････････････････････････････ 40
Kisekae
･･････････････････････････････ 73
Koe-no-Takuhaibin
･････････････････････ 84
L
Landscape view
･･･････････････････････ 41
Language & input
･････････････････････ 163
Location services
･････････････････････ 133
Activate
･･･････････････････････････ 134
Settings
･･･････････････････････････ 159
Location-based Wi-Fi
･･････････････････ 156
M
Media Go
････････････････････････････ 177
Media Player
･････････････････････････ 131
Playback
･･････････････････････････ 131
Memo
･･･････････････････････････････ 56
Message (SMS)
････････････････････････ 91
Deleting message
････････････････････ 93
Deleting messages (SMS) by sender/recipient
･･･････････････････････････････････ 93
Receiving
･･････････････････････････ 92
Registering contact
･･････････････････ 92
Sending
････････････････････････････ 91
Setting
･････････････････････････････ 93
Messenger
･･･････････････････････････ 55
226
Appendix/Index
MHL
････････････････････････････････ 180
microSD card
Settings
･･･････････････････････････ 155
Structure
･･････････････････････････ 168
Missed call
････････････････････････････ 83
Moji-Henshu
･･････････････････････････ 61
Movies
･･･････････････････････････････ 53
My Magazine
･････････････････････････ 77
Display category setting
･･････････････ 77
My profile
Editing
･････････････････････････････ 90
Phonebook
･････････････････････････ 87
N
Network mode
･･･････････････････････ 185
Network service
･･･････････････････････ 84
NFC
････････････････････････････････ 174
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai Lock Settings
･･･････ 107
One-touch function
･････････････････ 174
Notification icon
･･･････････････････････ 44
Notification LED
･･･････････････････････ 42
Notification panel
･･････････････････････ 45
Notification sound
････････････････････ 153
Nuisance call blocking service
････････････ 84
O
Osaifu-Keitai
･････････････････････････ 104
Kazashite-Link compatible service
･････ 106
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai Lock Settings
･･･････ 107
Osaifu-Keitai compatible service
･･･････ 105
Own number
･･･････････････････････････6
About phone
･･････････････････････ 167
Phonebook
･････････････････････････ 87
P
PC Companion
･･･････････････････････ 209
PERSONAL
･･･････････････････････････ 158
Personal Unblocking Key (PUK code)
･････ 161
Personalization
･･･････････････････････ 151
Phone
Hold
･･･････････････････････････････ 81
Phonebook
･･･････････････････････････ 86
Adding a new entry
･･････････････････ 87
cloud (Contacts list)
･･････････････････ 87
cloud (optional menu)
････････････････ 89
Creating group
･･････････････････････ 88
Deleting
･･･････････････････････････ 89
Editing
･････････････････････････････ 88
Exporting
･･････････････････････････ 90
Favorites
･･･････････････････････････ 89
Group setting
･･･････････････････････ 88
Importing
･･････････････････････････ 90
Join
･･･････････････････････････････ 89
Making a call
････････････････････････ 87
My profile (editing)
･･･････････････････ 90
My profile (phonebook entry list screen)
･87
Ringtone
･･･････････････････････････ 89
Share
･･････････････････････････････ 89
Timeline
･･･････････････････････････ 86
Phonebook list screen
･･････････････････ 86
Phonepad keyboard
････････････････････ 62
Flick input
･･････････････････････････ 65
Toggle entry
････････････････････････ 65
Photo collection
･･･････････････････････ 56
PIN code
････････････････････････････ 161
Play Books
････････････････････････････ 55
Play Games
･･･････････････････････････ 55
Play Movies & TV
･･･････････････････････ 55
227
Appendix/Index
Play Store
･･･････････････････････････ 103
Deleting
･･････････････････････････ 104
Installing
･･････････････････････････ 103
Playing video
････････････････････････ 131
Portrait view
･･････････････････････････ 41
Power management
･･･････････････････ 156
Proximity sensor
･･･････････････････････ 28
Public mode (power OFF) setting
･････････ 84
Q
QWERTY keyboard
･････････････････････ 62
R
Recent calls screen
･････････････････････ 82
Recording videos
･････････････････････ 121
Reject call with message
････････････････ 80
Remote operation settings
･･････････････ 84
Remote support
･･････････････････････ 199
Reset
･･･････････････････････････････ 164
Ringtone
････････････････････････････ 153
Ringtone volume
･･････････････････････ 80
Roaming settings
･････････････････････ 188
S
Schedule
Creating
･･････････････････････････ 136
Display
･･･････････････････････････ 136
Screen lock
･･････････････････････････ 162
Canceling
･･････････････････････････ 37
Setting
････････････････････････････ 162
Screen mirroring
･･････････････････････ 146
Screenshot
･･･････････････････････････ 42
Searching
････････････････････････････ 60
Second call settings
････････････････････ 84
Security
･････････････････････････････ 159
Security code
Network security code
･･･････････････ 161
Personal Unblocking Key (PUK code)
･･･ 161
PIN code
･･････････････････････････ 161
Setting menu
････････････････････････ 142
Shabette concier
･･･････････････････････ 56
Shooting still pictures
･････････････････ 120
Silent mode
･･･････････････････････････ 41
SIM card lock
･････････････････････････ 162
Simple Home
･････････････････････････ 49
Sleep mode
･･･････････････････････････ 37
Slow talk
Call settings
････････････････････････ 85
Operation during a call
･･･････････････ 81
Small apps
････････････････････････････ 58
Smart Connect
･･･････････････････････ 146
SMS
･････････････････････････････････ 91
Software keyboard
･････････････････････ 61
Software update
･･････････････････････ 203
Sony Select
･･･････････････････････････ 53
Sound
･･････････････････････････････ 152
Specification
･････････････････････････ 210
sp-mode
････････････････････････････ 148
Status bar
････････････････････････････ 43
Status icon
･･･････････････････････････ 43
Stopwatch
･･･････････････････････････ 138
Storage
Settings
･･･････････････････････････ 155
Structure
･･････････････････････････ 168
sugotoku contents
･････････････････････ 55
SYSTEM
･････････････････････････････ 166
228
Appendix/Index
T
Task manager
･････････････････････････ 58
Tethering
････････････････････････････ 148
Bluetooth tethering
･････････････････ 150
USB tethering
･･････････････････････ 149
Wi-Fi tethering
･････････････････････ 149
Text editing
･･･････････････････････････ 66
Theme
Home screen
････････････････････････ 49
Timer
･･･････････････････････････････ 138
ToruCa
･･････････････････････････････ 108
Touch screen
･･････････････････････････ 39
Drag
･･･････････････････････････････ 39
Flick
･･･････････････････････････････ 39
Pinch
･･････････････････････････････ 40
Scroll
･･････････････････････････････ 39
Swipe
･･････････････････････････････ 39
Tap
････････････････････････････････ 39
Touch and hold
･･････････････････････ 39
TrackID
･･････････････････････････････ 54
TrackID TV
････････････････････････････ 54
Troubleshooting
･･････････････････････ 191
Turning power on/off
･･･････････････････ 36
TV SideView
･･････････････････････････ 54
Twitter
･･･････････････････････････････ 53
U
Upgrade Android software
･････････････ 207
USB connection
･･････････････････････ 176
USB Storage
･････････････････････････ 155
V
Vibration
Email
･･････････････････････････････ 97
Silent mode
･････････････････････････ 41
SMS
･･･････････････････････････････ 93
Viewing photos
･･････････････････････ 129
Voice mail service
･･････････････････････ 84
VPN
････････････････････････････････ 150
W
WALKMAN
････････････････････････････ 53
Wallpaper
docomo LIVE UX
･････････････････････ 74
Xperia Home
････････････････････････ 48
Waterproofness/Dustproofness
･･･････････ 22
White balance
････････････････････････ 154
Wi-Fi
･･･････････････････････････････ 142
Wi-Fi Direct
･･････････････････････････ 145
WIRELESS & NETWORKS
････････････････ 142
WORLD CALL
･････････････････････････ 79
World clock
･･････････････････････････ 138
WORLD WING
････････････････････････ 182
X
Xperia Chinese keyboard
････････････････ 61
Xperia Connectivity
･･･････････････････ 146
Xperia Japanese keyboard
･･･････････････ 61
Setting
･････････････････････････････ 67
Xperia keyboard
･･･････････････････････ 61
Xperia Lounge Japan
･･･････････････････ 54
X-Reality for mobile
･･･････････････････ 153
Y
YouTube
････････････････････････････ 130
229
Appendix/Index
Numerics
1Seg
･･･････････････････････････････ 109
Program guide
･････････････････････ 115
Recording
･････････････････････････ 114
Recording reservation
･･･････････････ 115
Settings
･･･････････････････････････ 112
TV link
････････････････････････････ 114
Watching reservation
････････････････ 115
Watching 1Seg
･････････････････････ 111
Don't forget your mobile phone ... or your manners!
Remember to be courteous to others when you use your terminal.
Turn the power off when you are:
■
In places where use is prohibited
Follow the instructions of each airline or medical
facility for the use of mobile phones on their
premises. Power off the terminal in a place where
the use is prohibited.
Always set to public mode in case below
■
Driving
Using a handheld mobile phone while driving will
result in a penalty.
However, absolutely necessary cases such as
rescue of a sick person or maintaining public's
safety are exempted.
■
In places such as theaters, cinemas, and art
galleries
Using the terminal in a public place, where you
need to be quiet, annoys people around you.
Keep your voice and ring tone down
■
Keep your voice down in quiet places like
restaurants and hotel lobbies.
■
If you are in an outdoor public place, make sure
you do not disturb others.
Respect privacy
Please be considerate of the privacy of
individuals around you when taking and
sending photos using camera-equipped
mobile phones.
Have good manners
【
Silent mode
】（
P.41
）
Silent mode mutes the sounds of the terminal
such as the operation sounds and the ringtone.
* Shutter sound cannot be muted.
【
Public mode (power OFF)
】
(P.84)
Tells the caller via a guidance message that
receiver need to turn the power off, and the call
ends automatically.
【
Vibrate
】
(P.152)
Vibrates when there is an incoming call.
【
Phone memo
】
(P.83)
When you cannot answer a call, the terminal
records a message from the caller.
You can also use optional services such as the
Voice Mail Service (P.84) and Call Forwarding
Service (P.84).
Make various applications or charge your billing plan, check your charges and points, and more online.
sp-mode: dmenu
⇒
"
お客様サポート
(Customer support)
"
⇒
"
各種お申込・お手続き
(Various applications/procedures)
"
(Packet communication free) (In Japanese only)
PC: My docomo (http://www.mydocomo.com/)
⇒ 各種お申込
・
お手続き
(Various applications/procedures)
(In Japanese only)
* When using with sp-mode, "Network security code" is required.
* When using with sp-mode, you may be charged.
* When using with PC, "docomo ID and password" are required for use.
*
Please contact "General Inquiries" described on the last page if you forget or do not have "docomo ID and password".
* May not be available in some cases depending on the conditions of your subscription.
* There are cases where the site may not be available due to system maintenance, etc.
Sales: NTT DOCOMO, INC.
Manufacturer: Sony Mobile Communications, Inc.
’14.4 (1st Edition) 1279-0006.1
General Inquiries
<docomo Information Center>
0120-005-250 (toll free)
*Service available in: English, Portuguese, Chinese, Spanish.
*Unavailable from part of IP phones.
(Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.)
■From DOCOMO mobile phones (In Japanese only)
(No prefix) 151 (toll free)
*Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.
■From land-line phones (In Japanese only)
0120-800-000 (toll free)
*Unavailable from part of IP phones.
(Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. (open all year round))
●Please confirm the phone number before you dial.
●For Applications or Repairs and After-Sales Service, please contact the above-mentioned information center or the docomo
Shop etc. near you on the NTT DOCOMO website.
NTT DOCOMO website http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/
For loss, theft, malfunction, and inquiries while overseas (24-hour reception)
International call access code
for the country you stay -81-3-6832-6600* (toll free)
*
You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a land-line phone, etc.
*
If you use SO-03F, you should dial the number +81-3-6832-6600
(to enter '㧗', touch and hold '0').
Don’t forget your mobile phone...or your manners!
٧When using your mobile phone in a public place, don’t forget to
show common courtesy and consideration for others around you.
Repairs
■From DOCOMO mobile phones (In Japanese only)
(No prefix) 113 (toll free)
*Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.
■From land-line phones (In Japanese only)
0120-800-000 (toll free)
*Unavailable from part of IP phones.
(Business hours: 24 hours (open all year round))
From land-line phones <Universal number>
Universal number international
prefix -8000120-0151*
*You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call rate for
the country you stay.
*For international call access codes for major countries and universal number international prefix, refer to DOCOMO International Services website.
●If you lose your terminal or have it stolen, immediately take the steps necessary for suspending the use of the terminal.
●
If the terminal you purchased is damaged, bring your terminal to a repair counter specified by DOCOMO after returning to Japan.
From DOCOMO mobile phones
We collect old phones, etc. regardless of
brands and manufacturers. Bring them to
your nearest docomo Shop.
*
Items to be collected: mobile phones,
PHS, battery packs, chargers, desktop
holders (regardless of brands and
manufacturers)
Li-ion 00

Navigation menu